ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (241)
  • Articles
  • English  (171)
  • German  (78)
  • Danish
  • Polish
  • Swedish
  • 2020-2024  (37)
  • 2010-2014  (15)
  • 2005-2009  (79)
  • 2000-2004  (3)
  • 1985-1989  (117)
  • 1970-1974  (2)
  • 1955-1959
  • 1950-1954
  • 2020  (37)
  • 2014  (15)
  • 2006  (47)
  • 2005  (35)
  • 1988  (63)
  • 1987  (56)
  • AWI Library  (241)
Collection
  • Books  (241)
  • Articles
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Series Statement: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93399
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 508 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030313784
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Toronto : University of Toronto Press
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Anthropocene, the thawing of frozen earth due to global warming has drawn worldwide attention to permafrost. Contemporary scientists define permafrost as ground that maintains a negative temperature for at least two years. But where did this particular conception of permafrost originate, and what alternatives existed? The Life of Permafrost provides an intellectual history of permafrost, placing the phenomenon squarely in the political, social, and material context of Russian and Soviet science. Pey-Yi Chu shows that understandings of frozen earth were shaped by two key experiences in the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. On one hand, the colonization and industrialization of Siberia nourished an engineering perspective on frozen earth that viewed the phenomenon as an aggregate physical structure: ground. On the other, a Russian and Soviet tradition of systems thinking encouraged approaching frozen earth as a process, condition, and space tied to planetary exchanges of energy and matter. Aided by the US militarization of the Arctic during the Cold War, the engineering view of frozen earth as an obstacle to construction became dominant. The Life of Permafrost tells the fascinating story of how permafrost came to acquire life as Russian and Soviet scientists studied, named, and defined it.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4875-0193-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction: Historicizing Permafrost Permafrost as a historical object Permafrost in Russian and Soviet history Politics, science, and the environment The life cycle of permafrost Choosing words carefully 1 Mapping The cold of eastern Siberia Birth of a scientific object From Boden-Eis to Eisboden Conclusion 2 Building Colonization and construction Building on frozen earth The soil science of roads The ambiguity of merzlota Conclusion 3 Defining Merzlota as aggregate structure Merzlota as process Personal and institutional politics Vechnaia merzlota in Bolshevik culture Conclusion 4 Adapting From commission to institute Rhetoric of transforming nature Adapting to frozen earth Survival of the systems approach Conclusion 5 Translating Birth of permafrost Criticism and self-criticism From merzlotovedenie to geocryology The dialectic persists Conclusion Epilogue: Resurrecting Acknowledgments Glossary Notes Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Offenbach/M : Deutscher Wetterdienst, Fachinformationsstelle und Deutsche Meteorologische Bibliothek
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-652-103
    In: Promet, Heft 103
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 115 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 30 cm
    Edition: Redaktionsschluss: 29.09.2020
    ISBN: 9783881485227
    ISSN: 0340-4552 , 2194-5950
    Series Statement: Promet Heft 103
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Beitrag Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / M. SPRENGER Zyklonen als Stürme von großer sozioökonomischer Relevanz 1 Vorhersage von Zyklonen / F. PANTILLON 2 Clustering von Zyklonen / M. KARREMANN, J. PINTO Struktur und Entwicklung einzelner Zyklonen 3 Die Vermessung von Zyklonen / A. SCHÄFLER, F. EWALD, M. RAUTENHAUS 4 Zyklonen und Fronten / S. SCHEMM, M. SPRENGER 5 Zyklonen als Dauerbrenner in der Geschichte der Meteorologie / H. DAVIES 6 Die PV-Struktur außertropischer Zyklonen / M. BOETTCHER, H. WERNLI 7 Warm Conveyor Belts / H. BINDER, E. MADONNA 8 Von der tropischen zur außertropischen Zyklone / M. RIEMER, C. GRAMS, J. KELLER Zyklonen früher und in Zukunft 9 Zyklonen und Paläoklima / C. RAIBLE, P. LUDWIG, M. MESSMER 10 Zyklonen in einem sich ändernden Klima / U. ULBRICH, G. LECKEBUSCH Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2019 Examina im Jahr 2018
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: 9781634001151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Examines issues faced by disabled library workers, through the lens of critical disability theory"
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (219 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9781634001151 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Laying the theoretical groundwork Fighting stigma, building power The library as organization Coming out: Giving voice to our vulnerability and exercising our strength Accommodations, advocacy and doing what works Getting help and transgressing borders Building a caring workplace Working well with a metabolic disorder Working well with a movement disorder: I found meaning when our interdependency increased.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: 9783658282356 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (433 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658282356 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Politik gestalten - Kommunikation, Deliberation und Partizipation bei politisch relevanten Projekten
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorhabenträger auf dem Weg zu gesellschaftlich tragfähigen Lösungen / Frank Brettschneider und Ulrich Müller Baustellenbeirat und Baggerballett / Sarah Rögele Kommunikationsmanagement bei Bau- und Infrastrukturprojekten / Lisa Fehrentz Dialogorientierte Baukommunikation / Annika Zimmer Atomausstieg 2022 / Julia Schabel
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI G8-21-94666
    Description / Table of Contents: Anthropogenic climate change constitutes one of the main global crises in the 21st century. It manifests itself distinctly in global warming and its effects. Forests play an essential role in mitigating the effects of climate change, improving our knowledge of the distribution and changes of terrestrial carbon stocks is vital to mitigate its consequences. Therefore, remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. Forests in the Russian Federation are of particular importance as it is the most forested country in the world and at the same time, it is the country with the highest uncertainty when calculating global carbon stocks. Remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. It can acquire data over large areas with a high repetition rate and at a relatively low cost. In particular, microwave sensors are recommended as they can provide weather and sun independent, systematic observations with high temporal frequency. The main goal of this cumulative dissertation was to develop methods using new algorithms for estimating parameters for boreal forests from remote sensing data acquired with Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR). Using the SAR data acquired by the sensor with the longest wavelength available at the moment of writing this dissertation in space, the L-band, methods for estimating the above-ground forest biomass were developed. For this purpose, algorithms for machine learning (ML) were applied and validated. These methods were chosen because they are recommended for large data sets and an incomplete theoretical understanding of processes, e.g., the interaction between the forest and the radar signal, and are relatively new in forest monitoring studies. In addition, efforts have been made to establish improved mapping of large-scale forest cover change
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 234 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English , German
    Note: Content ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS APPENDED PAPERS RELATED PUBLICATIONS FIGURES TABLES I ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1.1 Importance of forest monitoring 1.2 Remote sensing for forest monitoring 1.3 Scope and structure of this thesis CHAPTER 2 2 Theoretical background & state-of-the-art 2.1 Boreal forests 2.2 Imaging radar theory 2.2.1 Radar principles 2.2.2 Radar scattering 2.2.3 SAR data processing 2.2.4 SAR lnterferometry 2.3 Radar remote sensing of boreal forests 2.3.1 Estimation of aboveground biomass 2.3.2 Monitoring of forest change 2.4 Study area and data 2.4.1 Location of study areas 2.4.2 Processing of in situ data 2.4.3 SAR L-band data: PALSAR & PALSAR-2 2.4.4 SAR C-band data: RADARSAT-2 CHAPTER 3 3 Research rationale 3.1 Research needs 3.2 Research questions CHAPTER 4 4 Research contribution 4.1 Operational forest monitoring in Siberia 4.2 Remote sensing for aboveground biomass estimation in boreal forests 4.3 Non-parametric retrieval of aboveground biomass 4.4 Multi-frequency SAR for estimation of aboveground biomass CHAPTER 5 5 Synthesis 5.1 Discussion and conclusions 5.2 Outlook REFERENCES APPENDIX A: PROCEEDINGS PAPER APPENDIX B: STUDIES ON nI0MASS ESTIMATION IN Il0REAL FORESTS MANUSCRIPT OVERVIEW STATEMENT OF AUTH0RSHIP CURRICULUM VITAE , Zusammenfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: 9783030509309 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (907 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: 9783030213015 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides in-depth information about the sea ice in the Arctic at scales from paleoenvironmental variability to more contemporary changes during the past and present centuries. The book is based on several decades of research related to sea ice in the Arctic and its variability, sea ice process studies as well as implications of the sea ice variability on human activities. The chapters provide an extensive overview of the research results related to sea ice in the Arctic at paleo-scales to more resent scales of variations as well as projections for changes during the 21st century. The authors have pioneered the satellite remote sensing monitoring of sea ice and used other monitoring data in order to study, monitor and model sea ice and its processes
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 575 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030213015 , 978-3-030-21301-5
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Ola M. Johannessen 2 Sea Ice in the Arctic Paleoenvironments / Leonid P. Bobylev and Martin W. Miles 3 Marginal Ice Zone and Ice-Air-Ocean Interactions / Ola M. Johannessen, Stein Sandven, Richard Davy, and Einar O. Olason 4 Changes in Arctic Sea Ice Cover in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries / Elena V. Shalina, Ola M. Johannessen, and Stein Sandven 5 Arctic Sea Ice Thickness and Volume Transformation / Elena V. Shalina, Kirill Khvorostovsky, and Stein Sandven 6 SAR Sea Ice Type Classification and Drift Retrieval in the Arctic / Natalia Y. Zakhvatkina, Denis Demchev, Stein Sandven, Vladimir A. Volkov, and Alexander S. Komarov 7 Sea Ice Drift in the Arctic / Vladimir A. Volkov, Alexandra Mushta, and Denis Demchev 8 Sea Ice Modelling / Matti Leppäranta, Valentin P. Meleshko, Petteri Uotila, and Tatiana Pavlova 9 Operational Forecasting of Sea Ice in the Arctic Using TOPAZ System / Laurent Bertino and Jiping Xie 10 Current and Projected Sea Ice in the Arctic in the Twenty-First Century / Valentin P. Meleshko, Tatiana Pavlova, Leonid P. Bobylev, and Pavel Golubkin 11 Climate Change Impact on the Arctic Economy / Lasse H. Pettersson, Anton G. Kjelaas, Dmitry V. Kovalevsky, and Klaus Hasselmann 12 Annex: SAR Sea Ice Interpretation Guide / Ola M. Johannessen Afterword / Ola M. Johannessen
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: 9783030394486 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Seaweeds (macroalgae) represent the most striking living components in the Antarctic’s near-shore ecosystems, especially across the West Antarctic Peninsula and adjacent islands. Due to their abundance, their central roles as primary producers and foundation organisms, and as sources of diverse metabolically active products, seaweed assemblages are fundamental to biogeochemical cycles in Antarctic coastal systems. In recent years, the imminence of climate change and the direct impacts of human beings, which are affecting vast regions of the Antarctic, have highlighted the importance of seaweed processes in connection with biodiversity, adaptation and interactions in the benthic network. Various research groups have been actively involved in the investigation of these topics. Many of these research efforts have a long tradition, while some “newcomers” have also recently contributed important new approaches to the study of these organisms, benefiting polar science as a whole. This book provides an overview of recent advances and insights gleaned over the past several years. Focusing on a timely topic and extremely valuable resource, it assesses the challenges and outlines future directions in the study of Antarctic seaweeds.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 397 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030394486 , 978-3-030-39448-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Antarctic Seaweeds: Biogeography, Adaptation, and Ecosystem Services / Iván Gómez and Pirjo Huovinen 1.1 Introduction: The Historical Context 1.2 Antarctic Seaweeds in the Wake of Climate Change 1.3 The Book 1.4 Gaps, Emerging Challenges, and Future Directions References Part II Diversity and Biogeography 2 Diversity of Antarctic Seaweeds / Mariana C. Oliveira, Franciane Pellizzari, Amanda S. Medeiros, and Nair S. Yokoya 2.1 The Antarctic Environment 2.2 Seaweeds in Antarctica: Definition and Importance 2.3 Seaweed Taxonomic Studies in Antarctica: Toward a New Species Compilation 2.4 Molecular Taxonomy for the Study of Antarctic Seaweed Diversity 2.5 Seaweed Distribution in Antarctica 2.6 Concluding Remarks: Gaps and Prospects for the Future References 3 Biogeographic Processes Influencing Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Seaweeds / Ceridwen I. Fraser, Adele Morrison, and Pamela Olmedo Rojas 3.1 Antarctica’s Place in the World: An Isolated Continent? 3.2 Physical Oceanographic Processes Influencing Movement of Seaweeds into or out of the Antarctic 3.3 Hitch-Hiking to the Antarctic: Passengers on Seaweed Rafts 3.4 Concluding Remarks References 4 Detached Seaweeds as Important Dispersal Agents Across the Southern Ocean / Erasmo C. Macaya, Fadia Tala, Iván A. Hinojosa, and Eva Rothäusler 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Detached Seaweeds in Antarctica 4.3 Abiotic Factors Influencing Floating Seaweeds 4.4 Biotic Factors Affecting Floating Seaweeds 4.5 Physiology of Floating and Drifting Seaweeds: Traspassing Thermal Barriers References 5 Biogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds Facing Climate Changes / Franciane Pellizzari, Luiz Henrique Rosa, and Nair S. Yokoya 5.1 The Abiotic Setting of the Southern Ocean 5.2 Biogeographic Patterns 5.3 Seaweed Assemblages: Are Antarctic Seaweed Diversity and Richness Changing? 5.4 The Physiological Bases of Macroalgal Shifts 5.5 Deception Island: A Case Study of Opportunistic, Alien, Cryptic and Cryptogenic Species 5.6 Reevaluating Eco-Regions, Isolation, and Endemism in the Southern Ocean 5.7 Concluding Remarks: Prospects for the Future Marine Flora of the Southern Ocean References 6 Comparative Phylogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds: Genetic Consequences of Historical Climatic Variations / Marie-Laure Guillemin, Claudio González-Wevar, Leyla Cárdenas, Hélène Dubrasquet, Ignacio Garrido, Alejandro Montecinos, Paula Ocaranza-Barrera, and Kamilla Flores Robles 6.1 Historical Isolation of Antarctic Marine Macroalgae 6.2 Antarctic Marine Macroalgae: Surviving Quaternary Glacial Cycles in Situ 6.3 Persistence in Multiple Isolated Glacial Refugia Versus a Single Antarctic Refugium 6.4 Antarctic Macroalgae Genetic Diversity: COI and TufA Sequences Data Sets 6.5 Brown, Red and Green Macroalgae: Sharing a Common Pattern of Glacial Impact and Postglacial Populations Recovery? 6.6 Concluding Remarks References Part III Physiology, Productivity and Environmental Reponses 7 Underwater Light Environment of Antarctic Seaweeds / Pirjo Huovinen and Iván Gómez 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Optics of Antarctic Coastal Waters 7.3 Adaptations of Antarctic Seaweeds to Extreme Light Conditions 7.4 Consequences for Light Field Under Current and Future Threats 7.5 Concluding Remarks References 8 Production and Biomass of Seaweeds in Newly Ice-Free Areas: Implications for Coastal Processes in a Changing Antarctic Environment / María L. Quartino, Leonardo A. Saravia, Gabriela L. Campana, Dolores Deregibus, Carolina V. Matula, Alicia L. Boraso, and Fernando R. Momo 8.1 Introduction: Seaweeds in Coastal Marine Ecosystems 8.2 Macroalgae and Carbon Fluxes in Antarctic Coastal Areas 8.3 Macroalgal Biomass Studies in Antarctica 8.4 The Ecosystem of Potter Cove: An Outstanding Case Study 8.5 A Dynamic Growth Model for Antarctic Macroalgae Under a Fast-Changing Environment 8.6 Seaweed Production in Present and Future Warming Scenarios 8.7 Future Prospects References 9 Carbon Balance Under a Changing Light Environment / Dolores Deregibus, Katharina Zacher, Inka Bartsch, Gabriela L. Campana, Fernando R. Momo, Christian Wiencke, Iván Gómez, and María L. Quartino 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Carbon Balance: A Case Study in Potter Cove 9.3 New Scenarios and Their Implications for Algal Photosynthesis 9.4 Concluding Remarks and Future Prospects References 10 Life History Strategies, Photosynthesis, and Stress Tolerance in Propagules of Antarctic Seaweeds / Nelso Navarro, Pirjo Huovinen, and Iván Gómez 10.1 Seasonal Strategies and Life History Cycles 10.2 Photosynthetic Light Requirements of Early Stages 10.3 Effects of Environmental Factors on the Biology of Propagules 10.4 Concluding Remarks: Biology of Propagules under Climate Change References 11 Form and Function in Antarctic Seaweeds: Photobiological Adaptations, Zonation Patterns, and Ecosystem Feedbacks / Iván Gómez and Pirjo Huovinen 11.1 Brief Overview of Form and Function in Seaweeds 11.2 Functional Groups of Seaweeds in the Antarctic 11.3 The Vertical Zonation of Antarctic Seaweeds: A Paradigm of Spatial Distribution of Different Morpho-functional Traits 11.4 Light Use Characteristics as a Major Factor Delineating Physiological Thallus Anatomy of Seaweeds 11.5 Form and Function in the Context of Life Strategies and Stress Tolerance 11.6 Functional Traits of Seaweeds and Properties of Benthic Communitie 11.7 Concluding Remarks References Part IV Biological Interactions and Ecosystem Processes 12 Successional Processes in Antarctic Benthic Algae / Gabriela L. Campana, Katharina Zacher, Fernando R. Momo, Dolores Deregibus, Juan Ignacio Debandi, Gustavo A. Ferreyra, Martha E. Ferrario, Christian Wiencke, and María L. Quartino 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Structural Patterns and Changes in Algal Community Composition during Succession 12.3 Ecological Factors Influencing Antarctic Algal Succession 12.4 Experimental Approaches to Study In Situ Succession of Antarctic Benthic Algae 12.5 Concluding Remarks and Perspectives References 13 Seaweed-Herbivore Interactions: Grazing as Biotic Filtering in Intertidal Antarctic Ecosystems / Nelson Valdivia 13.1 Biological Invasions and Their Impact on the Ecology of Antarctic Coastal Systems 13.2 Recent Introductions of Exotic Macroalgae in Antarctica 13.3 Can Grazers Control Alien Macroalgae in Antarctica? 13.4 Ulva intestinalis as a Case Study in a Simple, Two- Species Assembly Model 13.5 Concluding Remarks References 14 Diversity and Functioning of Antarctic Seaweed Microbiomes / Juan Diego Gaitan-Espitia and Matthias Schmid 14.1 Introduction: Environment and Antarctic Seaweed Host-Microbiome 14.2 Functional Interactions of Antarctic Seaweeds and Their Associated Microbiota 14.3 Deciphering the Structure and Diversity of Seaweed Microbiomes 14.4 Variation of Bacterial Community Diversity in Antarctic Seaweeds 14.5 Conclusions and Future Perspectives References 15 Seaweeds in the Antarctic Marine Coastal Food Web / Fernando R. Momo, Georgina Cordone, Tomás I. Marina, Vanesa Salinas, Gabriela L. Campana, Mariano A. Valli, Santiago R. Doyle, and Leonardo A. Saravia 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Food Webs and Seaweeds 15.3 Network Dynamics and Robustness 15.4 Non-Trophic Interactions 15.5 Final Remarks References 16 Trophic Networks and Ecosystem Functioning / Marco Ortiz, Brenda B. Hermosillo-Núñez, and Ferenc Jordán 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Macroscopic Ecosystem-Network Properties 16.3 Keystone Species Complex (KSC) 16.4 Contribution of Keystone Species Complex to Macroscopic Network Properties 16.5 Constrains and Perspectives Appendix 16.A References Part V Chemical Ecology 17 Chemical Mediation of Antarctic Macroalga-Grazer Interactions / Charles D. Amsler, James B. McClintock, and Bill J. Baker 17.1 Introduction 17.2 Feeding Bioassay Methodology 17.3 Antarctic Macroalgal Resistance to Herbivory 17.4 Macroalga-Invertebrate Interactions on the Western Antarctic Peninsula 17.5 Overview References 18 Brown Algal Phlorotannins: An Overview of Their Functional Roles / Iván Gómez and Pirjo
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: 9783030338282 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive summary of research to date in the field of stable iron isotope geochemistry. Since research began in this field 20 years ago, the field has grown to become one of the major research fields in "non-traditional" stable isotope geochemistry. This book reviews all aspects of the field, from low-temperature to high-temperature processes, biological processes, and cosmochemical processes. It provides a detailed history and state-of-the art summary about analytical methods to determine Fe-isotope ratios and discusses analytical and sample prospects.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 360 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030338282 , 978-3-030-33828-2
    ISSN: 2364-5113 , 2364-5105
    Series Statement: Advances in isotope geochemistry
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction and Overview 1.1 Geochemistry of Fe 1.1.1 Fe Redox 1.2 Stable Isotope Geochemistry 1.2.1 Nomenclature 1.2.2 Isotopic Fractionation 1.2.3 Processes that Produce Isotopic Variations 1.3 Overview of the Chapters References 2 Analytical Methods 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Iron Purification Methods 2.3 Mass Spectrometry 2.3.1 Beginnings of Fe Isotope Analysis 2.3.2 Multi Collector Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (MC-ICP-MS) 2.3.3 Modern MC-ICP-MS Using Pseudo High Mass Resolution Methods 2.3.4 Matrix Effects and Instrumental Mass Fractionation Corrections 2.4 In Situ Techniques 2.5 Summary References 3 Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Deriving Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors from First Principles 3.3 Experimental Methods for Measuring Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors 3.3.1 The Role of Sorption in Isotope Exchange 3.4 Equilibrium Fractionation of Fe Isotopes: Working Toward a Unified Set of Fractionation Factors 3.4.1 Aqueous Fe Species 3.4.2 Aqueous Fe Mineral Fractionation 3.5 Biological Experiments 3.5.1 Fe Oxidizing Experiments 3.5.2 Magnetotactic Bacteria 3.5.3 Fe Reducing Experiments 3.6 Preferred Set of b-Values 3.7 Summary References 4 High-Temperature Fe Isotope Geochemistry 4.1 Iron Isotope Variations in the Solar System 4.1.1 Chondrites and Chondritic Components 4.1.2 Differentiated Planetary Material 4.2 The Silicate Earth 4.2.1 The Mantle and Its Minerals 4.2.2 Basalts and Komatiites 4.2.3 Differentiated Crust 4.2.4 Magmatic Minerals 4.2.5 Hydrothermal Products and Ores 4.2.6 Metamorphic Rocks 4.3 Planetary Formation and Magmatic Processes 4.3.1 Planetary Accretion 4.3.2 Formation and Differentiation of Planetary Cores 4.3.3 Partial Melting on Earth and Other Planets 4.3.4 Mantle Metasomatism 4.3.5 Differentiation of Melts 4.3.6 The Mantle and Crust of the Earth as Compared to Other Planets 4.4 Summary References 5 The Modern Surficial World 5.1 Weathering 5.1.1 Mechanical Weathering 5.1.2 Chemical Weathering 5.1.3 Soils 5.2 Rivers and Groundwater 5.2.1 Rivers 5.2.2 Groundwater and Terrestrial Hydrothermal Systems 5.3 Redox-Stratified Water Bodies 5.3.1 Lake Water 5.3.2 Lake Sediments 5.3.3 The Black Sea 5.4 Marine Sediments 5.4.1 Reactive Fe Inventories 5.4.2 Pore Fluid-Sediment Interactions 5.4.3 Solid-Phase Fe Components 5.4.4 Benthic Fe Fluxes 5.5 The Fe Budget of the Modern Oceans 5.5.1 Seawater Fe 5.5.2 Riverine and Aeolian Sources 5.5.3 Benthic Sources 5.5.4 Hydrothermal Sources 5.6 Summary References 6 The Ancient Earth 6.1 The Cenozoic Marine System 6.1.1 Global Changes in the Cenozoic 6.1.2 Fe–Mn Crusts as Archives of Paleo-Seawater Compositions 6.1.3 Fe Isotope Variations in Cenozoic Seawater 6.2 Cretaceous Anoxic Events 6.2.1 Cenomanian-Turonian OAE-2 6.3 Precambrian Earth: An Introduction 6.3.1 Broad Changes in the Surface Earth in the Precambrian 6.3.2 Temporal Changes in Fe Abundance and Speciation 6.3.3 Differences in Marine Fe Pathways Between Modern and Ancient Earth 6.3.4 Authigenic Fe Isotope and Reactive Fe Trends 6.4 Precambrian Earth: The Neoproterozoic 6.4.1 Neoproterozoic Clastic Marine Sedimentary Rocks 6.4.2 Revisiting Reactive Fe Speciation and d56Fe 6.4.3 Neoproterozoic Iron Formations (IFs) 6.5 Precambrian Earth: The Paleoproterozoic and Neoarchean Transition Through the GOE 6.5.1 The Post-GOE Sedimentary Record 6.5.2 Changes in Weathering Across the GOE 6.5.3 Moving to a Low-Oxygen World: Key Issues of Fe Mass Balance, Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors, Fe 2+aq Oxidation, and the Age of Redox Proxies 6.5.4 Early Paleoproterozoic Iron Formations (IFs) 6.5.5 Early Paleoproterozoic Rise of Mn Redox 6.5.6 Paleoproterozoic and Neoarchean Continental Margins: Relations Between Shales, Carbonate Platforms, and IFs . 6.6 Precambrian Earth: The Early Archean Record 6.6.1 The Mesoarchean Witwatersrand and Pongola Basins 6.6.2 The Paleoarchean Barberton Greenstone Belt and Pilbara Craton 6.6.3 The High-Grade Metamorphic Terranes of the Eoarchean 6.7 Precambrian Earth: Synthesis of the Eoarchean Through Paleoproterozoic 6.8 Chapter Summary References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Aarhus] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-20-93484
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-15-3
    Language: English
    Note: INTERACT STATIONS SVALBARD, NORWAY 1 AWIPEV Arctic Research base 2 CNR Arctic Station "Dirigibile ltalia" 3 Ny-Ålesund Research Station- Sverdrup 4 UK Arctic Research Station 5 Netherlands' Arctic Station 6 Adam Mickiewicz University Polar Station - Petuniabukta 7 Czech Arctic Research Station of Josef Svoboda 8 Polish Polar Station, Hornsund NORWAY 9 Finse Alpine Research Centre 10 Nibio Svanhovd Research Station SWEDEN 11 Svartberget Research Station 12 Tarfala Research Station 13 Abisko Scientific Research Station FINLAND 14 Kilpisjarvi Biological Station 15 Pallas-Sodankyla Stations 16 Kolari Research Unit 17 Hyytiälä Forest Research Station 18 Kainuu Fisheries Research Station 19 Oulanka Research Station 20 Varrio Subarctic Research Station 21 Kevo Subarctic Research Station SWITZERLAND 22 Alpine Research and Education Station Furka AUSTRIA 23 Station Hintereis 24 Sonnblick Observatory CZECH REPUBLIC 25 Krkonose Mountains National Park POLAND 26 Karkonosze Mountains National Park 27 M&M Klapa Research Station RUSSIA 28 Lammin-Suo Peatland Station 29 Khibiny Educational and Scientific Station 30 The Arctic Research Station 31 Mukhrino Field Station 32 Numto Park Station 33 Khanymey Research Station 34 Beliy Island Research Station 35 Willem Barentsz Biological Station 36 lgarka Geocryology Laboratory 37 Kajbasovo Research Staton 38 Aktru Research Station 39 Evenkian Field Station 40 International Ecological Educational Center "lstomino" 41 Research Station Samoylov Island 42 Spasskaya Pad Scientific Forest Station 43 Elgeeii Scientific Forest station 44 Chokurdakh Scientific Tundra Station 45 Orotuk Field Station 46 AvachinskyVolcano Field Station 47 North-East Science Station 48 Meinypil'gyno Community Based Biological Station KYRGYZ REPUBLIC 49 Adygine Research Station ALASKA 50 Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory 51 Toolik Field Station CANADA 52 Kluane Lake Research Station 53 Western Arctic Research Centre 54 Canadian High Arctic Research Station 55 M'Clintock Channel Polar Research Cabins 56 Churchill Northern Studies Centre 57 Flashline Mars Arctic Research Station 58 Polar Environment Atmospheric Research Laboratory 59 CEN Ward Hunt Island Research Station 60 CEN Bylot Island Field Station 61 lgloolik Research Center 62 CEN Salluit Research Station 63 CEN Boniface River Field Station 64 CEN Umiujaq Research Station 65 CEN Whapmagoostui-Kuujjuarapik Research Station 66 CEN Radisson Ecological Research Station 67 CEN Clearwater Lake Research Station 68 Nunavut Research Institute 69 CEN Kangiqsualujjuaq Sukuijarvik Research Station 70 Uapishka Research Station 71 Labrador Institute Research Station GREENLAND 72 DMI Geophysical Observatory- Qaanaaq 73 Arctic Station 74 Arctic DTU, ARTEK Research Station 75 Greenland Institute of Natural Resources 76 Sermilik Research Station 77 Summit Station 78 EGRIP Field Station 79 Zackenberg Research Station 80 Villum Research Station ICELAND 81 Sudurnes Science and Learning Center 82 Litla-Skard 83 China-lceland Arctic Observatory 84 Rif Field Station 85 Skálanes Nature and Heritage Center FAROE ISLANDS 86 Faroe Islands Nature Investigation SCOTLAND 87 ECN Cairngorms
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94096
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 24
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 336 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 1866-170X
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie Heft 24
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einführung 2. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund 3. Physiogeographische Ausstattung des Varanger-Gebietes (Varanger-Halbinsel und Küstenregion Südvarangers) 3.1. Relief 3.2. Geologisch-tektonische Entwicklung bis zum Quartär 3.3. Festgesteine 3.3.1. Varanger-Halbinsel 3.3.1.1. Tanafjord-Varangerfjord-Region 3.3.1.2. Barentssee-Region 3.3.1.3. Schichtdeformationen und Faltenbildungen 3.3.1.4. Ganggesteine (Intrusivgesteine) 3.3.2. Südvaranger 3.4. Quartärgeologische Entwicklung 3.4.1. Pleistozän 3.4.1.1. Glaziation 3.4.1.2. Deglaziation 3.4.2. Holozän 3.5. Pleistozäne und holozäne Lockersedimente 3.6. Klima 3.7. Permafrostboden 3.8. Vegetation 3.9. Böden 4. Periglaziäre Formen, Ablagerungen und Prozesse 4.1. Blockfelder 4.1.1. Verbreitung 4.1.2. Merkmale 4.1.3. Genese 4.1.4. Altersstellung 4.2. Sturzschutthalden 4.3. Kleinformen der Gesteinsverwitterung und Detritusverlagerung 4.4. Formen des Bodenfließens 4.4.1. Fließerde- und Wanderschuttdecken 4.4.2. Rasenloben und -stufen 4.4.3. Schuttloben und -stufen 4.4.4. Wander- und Bremsblöcke 4.5. Formen der Bodenmusterung 4.5.1. Palsas 4.5.2. Lithalsas 4.5.3. Pounus 4.5.4. Thufur 4.5.5. Mudpits 4.5.6. Fossile Eiskeilpolygone 4.5.7. Strukturböden 4.6. Formen der Nivation und Kryoplanation 4.6.1. Nivationswannen und -nischen 4.6.2. Kryoplanationsterrassen und Kryopedimente 4.7. Formen der Windwirkung 4.7.1. Windschliffe und Polituren 4.7.2. Steinpanzer 4.7.3. Flugsanddecken und Dünen 4.7.4. Rasenkanten und -kliffs 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsentwicklung 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen (W) 5.2.1. Route 1: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Nesseby –Vestre Jakobselv – Vadsö (W1: Nattfjelltal) – Skallelv – Komagvaer – Kiberg – Svartnes (W2: Oksevatn-See) – Persfjord – Sandfjord – Hamningberg – Sandfjordtal (W3: Sylteviktal) 5.2.2. Route 2: Tana Bru – Birkestrand (W4: Raudberg) – Höyholmen (W5: Stangenestind) – Leirpollen – Faccabaelcåkka (W6: Hanglefjell) – Gednje – Kongsfjordtal (W7: Bryggarital) – Kongsfjord – Sandfjord (W8: Sandfjordfjell) – Berlevåg – Store Molvik 5.2.3. Route 3: Gednje – Oarduskaidi (W9: Basecaerro-Storklöftfjell) – Raudsandvatna-Seen (W10: Buktkjöl-Höhenzug) – Båtsfjord – Syltefjord 5.2.4. Route 4: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W11: Bigganjarga) – Grasbakken (W12: Juovlagurguolba) – Gandvik – Brannsletta – Bugöyfjord – Neiden – Näätämö 5.2.5. Route 5: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W13: Roetkaguolba-Vesterelvvatn-See) 6. Zusammenfassung 7. Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick 8. Literaturverzeichnis 9. Kartenverzeichnis 9.1. Geologische Karten 9.2. Vegetationsgeographische Karte 9.3. Topographische Karten 10. Luftbildverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94119
    Description / Table of Contents: Der exklusive Fotoband zur Jahrhundertexpedition in die Arktis. Im September 2019 legte die Polarstern in Richtung Arktis ab - an Bord das internationale MOSAiC-Forscherteam, das die Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das ewige Eis erkundet. Chronologisch aufgebaut dokumentiert der bildgewaltige Band in bisher ungesehenen Fotografien von Esther Horvath Leben und Arbeiten während der einjährigen Reise unter den extremen Bedingungen am Nordpol. Begleitet von kenntnisreichen Essays und Textbeiträgen von Experten, Wissenschaftlern und Expeditionsteilnehmern ist der Band ein eindrucksvolles Zeugnis der wohl größten klimatischen Herausforderung unserer Zeit und bietet Einblicke in dieses einmalige Forschungsprojekt sowie die spektakuläre, schützenswerte Polarlandschaft.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 240 Seiten , 250 Illustrationen , 30.5 cm x 24.5 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-7913-8669-0
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Prolog Die Vermessung einer schwindenden Welt Feuertaufe Vorbereitung für den Einsatz am Limit Leinen los Aufbruch ins arktische Eis Die Erfindung der Eisdrift Die Drift Vom Aufbau des nördlichsten Forschungscamps Atmosphärenforschung Das Observatorium Aufzeichnungen aus dem Eis Das arktische Meereis Alltag Leben am Ende der Welt Das Ökosystem der Arktis Die Forschung des Teams Biogeochemie Nachtschicht Forschung bei 24 Stunden Dunkelheit Ozeanforschung und Klimawandel Schichtwechsel Ablösung am Nordpol Im Gespräch mit Esther Horvath Eine andere Welt Drift durch den arktischen Sommer Dank Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: AWI P1-20-94200 ; M 23.94200
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Hochgebirge haben eine große Bedeutung für das globale Klima, die Wasserversorgung und die Biosphäre. So ist die besonders starke Ausprägung des Amazonas-Regenwalds den Anden zu verdanken. Sie verhindern den Durchzug der aus dem Atlantik mit viel Luftfeuchtigkeit kommenden Wolken. Dadurch erhält das Amazonas-Gebiet im Jahresdurchschnitt über 2.000 mm Regen, was die Grundlage für die intensive Bewaldung ist. Obwohl die Gebirge global nur ca. 12% der Landfläche bedecken, beherbergen Hochgebirge rund die Hälfte aller Säugetierarten und 74% aller endemischen Vogelarten (ohne Inselarten). 21 der 34 globalen Biodiversitätshotspots befinden sich in Hochgebirgen. In den Gebirgen entstehen aufgrund von höheren Niederschlägen wichtige Wasserressourcen auch für die angrenzenden Tiefländer. Trotz der für den Menschen oft erschwerten Zugänglichkeit sind Hochgebirge und Hoch-Plateaus, besonders in tropischen Regionen, Orte dichter Besiedlung und sogar von Hochkulturen. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind in den Hochgebirgen besonders deutlich. So war die Erwärmung in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten dort höher als in den Flachländern. Die Gletscher schrumpfen in fast allen Gebirgen, insbesondere in den letzten Jahrzehnten. Auf den jetzt eisfreien Flächen siedeln sich schon nach wenigen Jahren neue Pflanzengemeinschaften an. In den Alpen hat das Eisvolumen seit 1850 schon um mehr als zwei Drittel abgenommen. Das entspricht allein seit 1997 einem Süßwasserverlust von etwa dem 14fachen Volumen des Bodensees. Insgesamt sind die Klimaänderungen in den Gebirgsregionen gravierender als im Flachland. Mit der Zunahme der Starkregen und dem Rückgang des Permafrosts nimmt die Gefahr von Erdrutschen zu, und manche Gletscher wurden instabil. Im Mittel haben sich die Temperaturen im Gebirgspermafrost in einem Jahrzehnt von 2007 bis 2016 um etwa 0,2°C erhöht. Die Schneedeckendauer nahm in den letzten Jahrzehnten kontinuierlich ab; die Herausforderungen für den Wintertourismus werden zusehends größer.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783982006734
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Liste der Autoren/Autorinnen und der Gutachter Hochgebirge: Definition, Bedeutung, Veränderungen und Gefahren / (José L. Lozán,Siegmar-W. Breckle, Heidi Escher-Vetter, Hartmut Graßl & Dieter Kasang) 1 Bedeutung der Hochgebirge 1.1 Der Einfluss von Hochgebirgen auf die Zirkulation der Atmosphäre / (Jürgen Böhner & Jörg Bendix) 1.2 Die Entstehung der Hochgebirge / (Martin Meschede) 1.3 Übersicht über die wichtigsten Gebirge der Erde / (José L.Lozán, Siegmar-W. Breckle, Dieter Kasang & Heidi Escher-Vetter) 1.4 Berge und Gebirge im Meer / (Bernd Christiansen) 1.5 Hochgebirge: Wassertürme für eine wachsende Weltbevölkerung / (Carmen de Jong) 1.6 Erdoberflächenprozesse im Hochgebirge – Der Einfluss des Klimawandels / (Lothar Schrott & Jan Blöthe) 1.7 Hochgebirge: Hotspots der Biodiversität / (Severin Irl & Andreas H. Schweiger) 1.8 Hochgebirge als Ressourcenräume für Tiefländer / (Matthias Winiger) 1.9 Bevölkerung und Siedlungsstrukturen im Hochgebirge / (Christoph Stadel & Axel Borsdorf) 1.10 Lokale Anpassungsstrategien für Landnutzung in Hochgebirgen / (Hermann Kreutzmann) 2 Paläoökologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 2.1 Globale Klima- und Gletscherveränderungen im Pleistozän und Holozän / (Heinz Veit & Alexander Groos) 2.2 Welche Umweltinformationen können aus Jahrringen abgeleitet werden? / (Achim Bräuning & Jussi Grießinger) 2.3 Holozäne Klimaänderungen und Waldgrenzschwankungen in den Alpen / (Conradin A. Burga) 2.4 Anthropogene Einflüsse auf die Hochgebirgsumwelt im Holozän: Einblicke aus einer alpinen Bergbaulandschaft / (Kerstin Kowarik & Hans Reschreiter) 3 Veränderungen der Kryosphäre in Hochgebirgen 3.1 Gletscherbeobachtung und globale Trends / (Frank Paul & Martin Hoelzle) 3.2 Die Gletscher Hochasiens im Klimawandel / (Tobias Bolch, Atanu Bhattacharya & Owen King) 3.3 Die Karakorum-Anomalie / (Christoph Mayer, Astrid Lambrecht & Alexander Groos) 3.4 Wenn Gletscher abrutschen / (Andreas Kääb) 3.5 Tropische Gletscher: Ostafrika / (Rainer Prinz & Thomas Mölg) 3.6 Die Gletscher der Anden im Klimawandel / (Thorsten Seehaus) 3.7 Gletscher und Schnee in Hochgebirgen Nordamerikas / (Dieter Kasang & José L. Lozán) 3.8 Gletscherschmelze unter Schuttbedeckung: Verbreitung, Prozesse und Messmethoden / (Pascal Buri, Simone Schauwecker & Jakob Steiner) 3.9 Permafrost in den Alpen – Langzeitbeobachtung und Entwicklung über zwei Jahrzehnte (Jeannette Nötzli) 3.10 Globale Klimaänderung und die Gletscher auf Neuseeland / (Stefan Winkler) 3.11 Einfluss des Klimawandels auf die Schneebedeckung / (Kay Helfricht & Marc Olefs) 4 Hydrologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 4.1 Hochgebirgsgewässer im Wandel / (Heike Zimmermann-Timm, Deep Narayan Shah & Ram Devi Tachamo Shah) 4.2 Einfluss des globalen Wandels auf die Bodenstabilität des alpinen Graslandes / (Christine Alewell, Lauren Zweifel & Katrin Meusburger 4.3 Sozio-Hydrologie des Trans-Himalaya – Schmelzwasserverfügbarkeit und Bewässerungslandwirtschaft / (Marcus Nüsser, Juliane Dame & Susanne Schmidt) 4.4 Hochgebirge und Wasserressourcen in Peru und Kalifornien / (Dieter Kasang) 4.5 Hydrologische Veränderungen in vergletscherten Einzugsgebieten / (Regine Hoch) 5 Biodiversität der Hochgebirge im Klimawandel 5.1 Klimawandel und Vegetationsdynamik im Hochgebirge / (Harald Pauli) 5.2 Phänologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen / (Christian Rixen) 5.3 Klimawandel und Gebirgswälder: Bedrohung der Multifunktionalität? / (Georg Gratzer) 5.4 Alpine Waldgrenzen im Klimawandel – Wie sind die heterogenen Reaktionsmuster zu erklären? / (Udo Schickhoff, Maria Bobrowski & Niels Schwab) 5.5 Vegetation und Klimawandel an der Ostkordillere von Ecuador am Beispiel des Páramo de Papallacta / (M. Daud Rafiqpoor & Siegmar-W. Breckle) 5.6 Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das Wachstum von Zwergsträuchern in Hochgebirgen / (Stef Weijers & Jörg Löffler) 5.7 Pflanzen besiedeln neue Lebensräume: Primärsukzession auf Gletschervorfeldern / (Brigitta Erschbamer & Conradin A. Burga) 5.8 Klimawandel und biologische Invasionen im Hochgebirge /(Anna Schertler, Franz Essl & Bernd Lenzner) 5.9 Die Tierwelt der Alpen im Klimawandel / (Peter Huemer, Hermann Sonntag, Friederike Barkmann & André Stadler) 5.10 Ökologische Folgen des Landnutzungswandels in den Alpen / (Erich Tasser & Ulrike Tappeiner) 6 Sozioökonomische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 6.1 Ökonomische Bewertung von Biodiversität und Ökosystemleistungen in den Alpen / (Andreas Bartel & Barbara Färber) 6.2 Der sozioökonomische Strukturwandel in den Alpen / (Oliver Bender & Andreas Haller) 6.3 Klimawandel und Wintersporttourismus: Wahrnehmung und Reaktion der Touristen / (Jürgen Schmude & Maximilian Witting) 6.4 Mensch-Umwelt-Interaktionen im Äthiopischen Hochland / (Simon Strobelt & Michèle von Kocemba) 7 Naturgefahren in Hochgebirgen 7.1 Klimawandel, Morphodynamik und gravitative Massenbewegungen / (Thomas Glade) 7.2 Einfluss der Permafrostdegradation auf Hangstabilität / (Friederike Günzel & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.3 Warnsignal Klima - Die Lawinengefahr im Klimawandel / (Benjamin Reuter, Christoph Mitterer & Sascha Bellaire) 7.4 Gefahren aus vergletscherten Vulkanen: Das Beispiel Nevado del Ruiz / (Simon Allen, Christian Huggel & Frank Paul) 7.5 Bedrohung durch Erdbeben im Himalaya / (Birger-G. Lühr) 7.6 Risiken durch Gletscherseen im Klimawandel / (Holger Frey & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.7 Bergstürze, Seeausbrüche und Muren im Pamir / (Siegmar-W. Breckle & Martin Mergili) 8 Maßnahmen zum Klimaschutz und zur Anpassung 8.1 Klimawandel und Naturschutz im Gebirge: Neue Herausforderungen / (Mario F. Broggi) 8.2 Klimawandel und Anpassungsstrategien im Alpentourismus / (Ulrike Pröbstl-Haider) 8.3 Klimawandel in den Lebenswelten und Handlungslogiken ländlicher Bevölkerung im Hochgebirge: Perspektiven aus dem Callejón de Huaylas, Peru / (Martina Neuburger) 8.4 Hochland-Tiefland Beziehungen in ihrer Bedeutung für eine nachhaltige Entwicklung in Gebirgsräumen / (Paul Messerli, Susanne Wymann von Dach & Thomas Kohler) 9 Sachregister
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : BWV Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag
    Call number: 9783830542148 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 3., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783830542148
    Former Title: Mitarbeiterführung in Wissenschaft und Forschung
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur dritten Auflage Einleitung Exzellenzfaktor Personalführung Prämissen effizienter Führung Optimierungspotenziale Motivationsfaktor Personalführung Strategische Planung Elemente der Strategie Strategie als Qualitätsmerkmal Strategie- und Leitbildentwicklung Führungsmodelle Situative Führung Transformationale Führung Führungsinstrumente Mitarbeiterinnengespräche Leistungsfeedback Zielvereinbarungen Personalentwicklung Führungsfeedback Effizientes Delegieren Effekte und Nutzen „Smart" delegieren Berichtswesen und Dokumentation Problemfaktor Rückdelegation Delegationspotenziale Laterale und agile Führung Führung ohne Weisungsbefugnis Agile Führung Führungskultur und -Struktur Funktionale Strukturen Förderung der Verantwortung Verhaltensorientierte Führung Zielführende Kommunikation Kulturmerkmal Verbindlichkeit Team-Management Teamentwicklung Abstimmung im und mit dem Team Interkulturelle Führung und Diversität Interkulturelles Management Kulturübergreifende Kommunikation Abstimmung in interkulturellen Teams Personalauswahl und -gewinnung Auswahlkriterien Auswahlinterviews Praktisches Vorgehen Changemanagement Grundlagen Partizipatives Vorgehen Erste und neue Führungspositionen Gestern Kollegin - Heute Chefin Führung als Nachfolge Erneuern und Bewahren Führen mit Konzept Mitarbeiterinnenbeteiligen Strategisches Selbstmanagement Grundlagen Zeitdiebe und -fallen Life Balance Anhang Quellennachweis Arbeitsmittel - Tools - Checklisten Meine strategische Planung Reflexion des eigenen Führungsverhaltens Gesprächsleitfaden Mitarbeiterinnengespräche Leistungsbeurteilung/-feedback Vorbereitung Mitarbeiterinnengespräch Dokumentation Zielvereinbarung Personalentwicklung Führungsfeedback einholen Teamanalyse Vorgehen bei Team-Klausuren/-workshops/Retreats Matrix zur Auswahl von Mitarbeiterinnen bei Personalentscheidungen Denkzettel (zur Vermeidung von Rückdelegationen) Delegationspotenziale erkennen: Protokoll Delegationspotenziale erkennen: Auswertung Der 100-Tage-Plan bei Antritt einer neuen Führungsfunktion Register Informationen zum Autor
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Macmillan Learning
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94626
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Getrennte Zählungen , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Eighth edition
    ISBN: 9781319055325 , 9781319325398 , 1319325394
    Former Title: Understanding earth [5th edition]
    Language: English
    Note: Contents About the Authors Preface Chapter 1 The Earth System The Scientific Method Hypothesis and Theory Scientific Models Importance of Scientific Collaboration Geology as a Science Earth's Shape and Surface Peeling the Onion: Discovery of a Layered Earth Earth's Density The Mantle and Core The Crust The Inner Core Chemical Composition of Earth's Major Layers Earth as a System of Interacting Components The Climate System The Plate Tectonic System The Geodynamo Interactions Among Geosystems Support Life An Overview of Geologic Time The Origin of Earth and Its Global Geosystems The Evolution of Life Chapter 2 Plate Tectonics: The Unifying Theory The Discovery of Plate Tectonics Continental Drift Seafloor Spreading The Great Synthesis: 1963-1968 The Plates and Their Boundaries Divergent Boundaries Convergent Boundaries Transform Faults Combinations of Plate Boundaries Rates and History of Plate Movements The Seafloor as a Magnetic Tape Recorder Deep-Sea Drilling Measurements of Plate Movements by Geodesy The Grand Reconstruction Seafloor isochrons Reconstructing the History of Plate Movements The Breakup of Pangaea The Assembly of Pangaea by Continental Drift Implications of the Grand Reconstruction Mantle Convection:The Engine of Plate Tectonics Where Do the Plate-Driving Forces Originate? How Deep Does Plate Recycling Occur? What Is the Nature of Rising Convection Currents? Chapter 3 Earth Materials: Minerals and Rocks What Are Minerals? The Structure of Matter The Structure of Atoms Atomic Number and Atomic Mass Chemical Reactions Chemical Bonds The Formation of Minerals The Atomic Structure of Minerals The Crystallization of Minerals How Do Minerals Form? Classes of Rock-Forming Minerals Silicates Carbonates Oxides Sulfides Sulfates Physical Properties of Minerals Hardness Cleavage Fracture Luster Color Density Crystal Habit What Are Rocks? Properties of Rocks Igneous Rocks Sedimentary Rocks Metamorphic Rocks The Rock Cycle: Interactions Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Concentrations of Valuable Mineral Resources Hydrothermal Deposits Igneous Deposits Sedimentary Deposits Mineral Evolution Chapter 4 Igneous Rocks: Solids from Melts How Do Igneous Rocks Differ from One Another? Texture Chemical and Mineral Composition How Do Magmas Form? How Do Rocks Melt? The Formation of Magma Chambers Where Do Magmas Form? Magmatic Differentiation Fractional Crystallization: Laboratory and Field Observations Granite from Basalt: Complexities of Magmatic Differentiation Forms of Igneous Intrusions Plutons Sills and Dikes Veins Igneous Processes and Plate Tectonics Spreading Centers as Magma Factories Subduction Zones as Magma Factories Mantle Plumes as Magma Factories Chapter 5 Volcanoes Volcanoes as Geosystems Lavas and Other Volcanic Deposits Types of Lava Textures of Volcanic Rocks Pyroclastic Deposits Eruptive Styles and Landforms Central Eruptions Fissure Eruptions Interactions of Volcanoes with Other Geosystems Volcanism and the Hydrosphere Volcanism and the Atmosphere The Global Pattern of Volcanism Volcanism at Spreading Centers Volcanism in Subduction Zones Intraplate Volcanism: The Mantle Plume Hypothesis 2018 Eruption of Kilauea Volcano, Hawaii Volcanism and Human Affairs Volcanic Hazards Reducing the Risks of Volcanic Hazards Natural Resources from Volcanoes Chapter 6 Sedimentation: Rocks Formed by Surface Processes Surface Processes of the Rock Cycle Weathering and Erosion: The Source of Sediments Transportation and Deposition: The Downhill Journey to Sedimentary Basins Oceans as Chemical Mixing Vats Sedimentary Basins:The Sinks for Sediments Rift Basins and Thermal Subsidence Basins Flexural Basins Sedimentary Environments Continental Sedimentary Environments Shoreline Sedimentary Environments Marine Sedimentary Environments Siliciclastic versus Chemical and Biological Sedimentary Environments Sedimentary Structures Cross-Bedding Graded Bedding Ripples Bioturbation Structures Bedding Sequences Burial and Diagenesis: From Sediment to Rock Burial Diagenesis Classification of SiliciclasticSediments and Sedimentary Rocks Coarse-Grained Siliciclastics: Gravel and Conglomerate Medium-Grained Siliciclastics: Sand and Sandstone Fine-Grained Siliciclastics Classification of Chemical and Biological Sediments and Sedimentary Rocks Carbonate Sediments and Rocks Evaporite Sediments and Rocks: Products of Evaporation Other Biological and Chemical Sediments Chapter 7 Metamorphism: Alteration of Rocks by Temperature and Pressure Causes of Metamorphism The Role of Temperature The Role of Pressure The Role of Fluids Types of Metamorphism Regional Metamorphism Contact Metamorphism Seafloor Metamorphism Other Types of Metamorphism MetamorphicTextures Foliation and Cleavage Foliated Rocks Granoblastic Rocks Porphyroblasts Regional Metamorphism and Metamorphic Grade Mineral Isograds: Mapping Zones of Change Metamorphic Grade and Parent Rock Composition Metamorphic Fades PlateTectonics and Metamorphism Metamorphic Pressure-Temperature Paths Ocean-Continent Convergence Continent-Continent Collision Exhumation: A Link Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Chapter 8 Deformation: Modification of Rocks by Folding and Fracturing PlateTectonic Forces Mapping Geologic Structure Measuring Strike and Dip Geologic Maps Geologic Cross Sections How Rocks Deform Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in the Laboratory Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in Earth's Crust Basic Deformation Structures Faults Folds Circular Structures Joints Deformation Textures Styles of Continental Deformation Tensional Tectonics Compressive Tectonics Shearing Tectonics Unraveling Geologic History Chapter 9 Clocks in Rocks: liming the Geologic Record Reconstructing Geologic History From the Stratigraphic Record Principles of Stratigraphy Fossils as Recorders of Geologic Time Unconformities: Gaps in the Geologic Record Cross-Cutting Relationships The Geologic Time Scale: Relative Ages Intervals of Geologic Time Interval Boundaries Mark Mass Extinctions Ages of Petroleum Source Rocks Measuring Absolute Time with Isotopic Clocks Discovery of Radioactivity Radioactive Isotopes: The Clocks in Rocks Isotopic Dating Methods The Geologic Time Scale: Absolute Ages Eons: The Longest Intervals of Geologic Time Perspectives on Geologic Time Recent Advances in Timing the Earth System Sequence Stratigraphy ,Chemical Stratigraphy Paleomagnetic Stratigraphy Clocking the Climate System Chapter 10 Earthquakes What Is an Earthquake? The Elastic Rebound Theory Fault Rupture During Earthquakes Foreshocks and Aftershocks How Do We Study Earthquakes? Seismographs Seismic Waves Locating the Focus Measuring the Size of an Earthquake Determining Fault Mechanisms GPS Measurements and "Silent" Earthquakes Earthquakes and Patterns of Faulting The Big Picture: Earthquakes and Plate Tectonics Regional Fault Systems Earthquake Hazards and Risks How Earthquakes Cause Damage Reducing Earthquake Risk Can Earthquakes Be Predicted? Long-Term Forecasting Short-Term Prediction Medium-Term Forecasting Chapter 11 Exploring Earth's Interior Exploring Earth's Interior with Seismic Waves Basic Types of Waves Paths of Seismic Waves Through Earth Seismic Exploration of Near-Surface Layering Layering and Composition of Earth's Interior The Crust The Mantle The Core-Mantle Boundary The Core Earth's Internal Temperature Heat Flow Through Earth's Interior Temperatures Inside Earth Visualizing Earth'sThree-Dimensional Structure Seismic Tomography Earth's Gravitational Field Earth's Magnetic Field and the Geodynamo The Dipole Field Complexity of the Magnetic Field Paleomagnetism The Magnetic Field and the Biosphere Chapter 12 The Climate System What Is Climate? Components of the Climate
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    facet.materialart.12
    Göttingen : Wallstein Verlag
    Call number: 9783835344945 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Eine Medien- und Wissensgeschichte von Biologie und Ozeanographie im Kielwasser der Walfänger. Immer wieder entzieht sich der Wal wissenschaftlicher Klassifikation und Darstellbarkeit. Wale sind buchstäblich nicht zu fassen - als sich die neuen biologischen Wissenschaften im 19. Jahrhundert daran machten, »das Leben« zu erklären, blieb das der Wale ein Problem. Doch Walfänger durchkreuzten auf ihren Spuren im 19. Jahrhundert die Meere der Welt. Kartographen erschlossen auf den Spuren dieser Walfänger die Nordwestpassage und den pazifischen Ozean, während Naturhistoriker und Zoologen sie in die Lebensräume der Wale begleiten. Felix Lüttge erzählt die Geschichte der Walfänger, die den Walen, und der Wissenschaftler, die wiederum den Walfängern folgten.Es ist eine Medien- und Wissensgeschichte des Wals wie auch der Meere, die auf seinen Spuren durchfahren und vermessen wurden. Felix Lüttge beschreibt die komplexen Austauschprozesse, mit denen Walfänger und Wissenschaftler ökonomisches, ozeanographisches, zoologisches und geographisches Wissen hervorbrachten.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (278 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783835344945
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Humboldt-Universität Berlin, 2018 , Inhalt I. Einleitung 1. Auf den Spuren des Wals 2. Geographien des Lebens 3. Ein neuer Leviathan II. Intelligente Walfänger: Entstehung einer historiographischen Figur 1. An den Rändern des Golfstroms 2. Nachrichten aus dem Pazifik 3. Nomaden des Meeres III. Die Daten der Walfänger: Der Kartograph im Archiv 1. Ozeanographie als Globalwissenschaft 2. Humboldts amerikanische Söhne und die Erforschung der Meere 3. Aufschreibesysteme des Walfangs 4. Datenmeere 5. Kurven im Meer. IV. Der Wal als taxonomische Anomalie: Kleine Klassifikationsgeschichte des Wals V. Jäger und Sammler: Unmögliche Forschung 1. Strandgut, Spektakel 2. Beuteforschung 3. Zerlegen und Zusammensetzen VI. Elementare Obdachlosigkeit: Unmögliches Leben 1. Weißwale am Broadway 2. Zu Gast im Meer VII. Schluss Epilog: Gattungsfragen Quellen Literatur Bildnachweise Dank
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: AWI A6-21-94541
    Description / Table of Contents: Stratospheric variability is one of the main potential sources for sub-seasonal to seasonal predictability in mid-latitudes in winter. Stratospheric pathways play an important role for long-range teleconnections between tropical phenomena, such as the quasi-biennial oscillation (QBO) and El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), and the mid-latitudes on the one hand, and linkages between Arctic climate change and the mid-latitudes on the other hand. In order to move forward in the field of extratropical seasonal predictions, it is essential that an atmospheric model is able to realistically simulate the stratospheric circulation and variability. The numerical weather prediction (NWP) configuration of the ICOsahedral Non-hydrostatic atmosphere model ICON is currently being used by the German Meteorological Service for the regular weather forecast, and is intended to produce seasonal predictions in future. This thesis represents the first extensive evaluation of Northern Hemisphere stratospheric winter circulation in ICON-NWP by analysing a ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 119 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation: Seasonal prediction 1.2 The new atmosphere model ICON 1.3 Research questions 2 Theoretical background 2.1 Fundamentals of atmospheric circulation 2.1.1 Primitive equations 2.1.2 The global energy budget 2.1.3 Baroclinic instability 2.1.4 Vertical structure of the atmosphere 2.2 Stratospheric dynamics 2.2.1 Circulation patterns 2.2.2 Atmospheric waves 2.2.3 Sudden stratospheric warmings 2.2.4 Quasi-biennial oscillation 2.3 Atmospheric Teleconnections 2.3.1 NAM, NAO and PNA 2.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 2.3.3 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 3 Atmospheric model and methods of analysis 3.1 Atmospheric model ICON-NWP 3.1.1 Model description 3.1.2 Experimental setup 3.2 Reanalysis data ERA-Interim 3.3 Methods of analysis 3.3.1 NAM index for stratosphere–troposphere coupling 3.3.2 Stratospheric warmings 3.3.3 ENSO index and composites 3.3.4 Bias and error estimation 3.3.5 Statistical significance 4 Results 4.1 Evaluation of seasonal experiments with ICON-NWP 4.1.1 Tropospheric circulation 4.1.2 Stratospheric circulation 4.2 Effect of gravity wave drag parameterisations 4.2.1 Stratospheric effects 4.2.2 Effects on stratosphere-troposphere coupling 4.2.3 Tropospheric effects 4.3 Low latitudinal influence on the stratospheric polar vortex 4.3.1 Quasi-biennial oscillation 4.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 4.4 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 4.4.1 Tropospheric processes 4.4.2 Stratospheric pathway 4.4.3 Sea ice sensitivity experiment 5 Discussion and outlook Bibliography Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: 9783030332082 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Until recently, the prevailing view of marine life at high latitudes has been that organisms enter a general resting state during the dark Polar Night and that the system only awakens with the return of the sun. Recent research, however, with coordinated, multidisciplinary field campaigns based on the high Arctic Archipelago of Svalbard, have provided a radical new perspective. Instead of a system in dormancy, a new perspective of a system in full operation and with high levels of activity across all major phyla is emerging. Examples of such activities and processes include: Active marine organisms at sea surface, water column and the sea-floor. At surface we find active foraging in seabirds and fish, in the water column we find a high biodiversity and activity of zooplankton and larvae such as active light induced synchronized diurnal vertical migration, and at seafloor there is a high biodiversity in benthic animals and macroalgae. The Polar Night is a period for reproduction in many benthic and pelagic taxa, mass occurrence of ghost shrimps (Caprellides), high abundance of Ctenophores, physiological evidence of micro- and macroalgal cells that are ready to utilize the first rays of light when they appear, deep water fishes found at water surface in the Polar night, and continuous growth of bivalves throughout the winter. These findings not only begin to shape a new paradigm for marine winter ecology in the high Arctic, but also provide conclusive evidence for a top-down controlled system in which primary production levels are close to zero. In an era of environmental change that is accelerated at high latitudes, we believe that this new insight is likely to strongly impact how the scientific community views the high latitude marine ecosystem. Despite the overwhelming darkness, the main environmental variable affecting marine organisms in the Polar Night is in fact light. The light regime during the Polar Night is unique with respect to light intensity, spectral composition of light and photoperiod. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 375 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (farbig)
    ISBN: 9783030332082 , 978-3-030-33208-2
    ISSN: 2468-5720 , 2468-5712
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology volume 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, and Jonathan H. Cohen 2 The Marine Physical Environment During the Polar Night / Finlo Cottier and Marie Porter 3 Light in the Polar Night / Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Mark A. Moline, Geir Johnsen, and Artur P. Zolich 4 Marine Micro- and Macroalgae in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Eva Leu, and Rolf Gradinger 5 Zooplankton in the Polar Night / Jørgen Berge, Malin Daase, Laura Hobbs, Stig Falk-Petersen, Gerald Darnis, and Janne E. Søreide 6 Benthic Communities in the Polar Night / Paul E. Renaud, William G. Ambrose Jr., and Jan Marcin Węsławski 7 Fish Ecology During the Polar Night / Maxime Geoffroy and Pierre Priou 8 Biological Clocks and Rhythms in Polar Organisms / Kim S. Last, N. Sören Häfker, Vicki J. Hendrick, Bettina Meyer, Damien Tran, and Fabio Piccolin 9 Sensor-Carrying Platforms / Asgeir J. Sørensen, Martin Ludvigsen, Petter Norgren, Øyvind Ødegård, and Finlo Cottier 10 Operative Habitat Mapping and Monitoring in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Aksel A. Mogstad, Jørgen Berge, and Jonathan H. Cohen 11 Life and Light at the Dead of Night / Jørgen Berge and Geir Johnsen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Call number: 9789811548147 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive overview of recent novel coronavirus (SARS-CoV-2) infection, their biology and associated challenges for their treatment and prevention of novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19). Discussing various aspects of COVID-19 infection, including global epidemiology, genome organization, immunopathogenesis, transmission cycle, diagnosis, treatment, prevention, and control strategies, it highlights host-pathogen interactions, host immune response, and pathogen immune invasion strategies toward developing an immune intervention or preventive vaccine for COVID-19. An understanding of the topics covered in the book is imperative in the context of designing strategies to protect the human race from further losses and harm due to SARS-CoV-2 infection causing COVID-19.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XX, 213 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2020
    ISBN: 9789811548147 , 978-981-15-4814-7
    ISSN: 2662-981X , 2662-9828
    Series Statement: Medical virology: from Pathogenesis to disease control
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Current Insight into the Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) / Shailendra K. Saxena, Swatantra Kumar, Vimal K. Maurya, Raman Sharma, Himanshu R. Dandu, and Madan L. B. Bhatt 2 Global Trends in Epidemiology of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) / Nishant Srivastava, Preeti Baxi, R. K. Ratho, and Shailendra K. Saxena 3 Morphology, Genome Organization, Replication, and Pathogenesis of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) / Swatantra Kumar, Rajni Nyodu, Vimal K. Maurya, and Shailendra K. Saxena 4 Transmission Cycle of SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 / Tushar Yadav and Shailendra K. Saxena 5 Host Immune Response and Immunobiology of Human SARS-CoV-2 Infection / Swatantra Kumar, Rajni Nyodu, Vimal K. Maurya, and Shailendra K. Saxena 6 Clinical Characteristics and Differential Clinical Diagnosis of Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) / Raman Sharma, Madhulata Agarwal, Mayank Gupta, Somyata Somendra, and Shailendra K. Saxena 7 Coronavirus Infection Among Children and Adolescents / Sujita Kumar Kar, Nishant Verma, and Shailendra K. Saxena 8 COVID-19: An Ophthalmological Update / Ankita, Apjit Kaur, and Shailendra K. Saxena 9 Laboratory Diagnosis of Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) Infection / Abhishek Padhi, Swatantra Kumar, Ekta Gupta, and Shailendra K. Saxena 10 Therapeutic Development and Drugs for the Treatment of COVID-19 / Vimal K. Maurya, Swatantra Kumar, Madan L. B. Bhatt, and Shailendra K. Saxena 11 Prevention and Control Strategies for SARS-CoV-2 Infection / Nishant Srivastava and Shailendra K. Saxena 12 Classical Coronaviruses / Nitesh Kumar Jaiswal and Shailendra K. Saxena 13 Emergence and Reemergence of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) Coronaviruses / Preeti Baxi and Shailendra K. Saxena 14 Preparing for the Perpetual Challenges of Pandemics of Coronavirus Infections with Special Focus on SARS-CoV-2 / Sonam Chawla and Shailendra K. Saxena 15 Preparing Children for Pandemics / Rakhi Saxena and Shailendra K. Saxena 16 Coping with Mental Health Challenges During COVID-19 / Sujita Kumar Kar, S. M. Yasir Arafat, Russell Kabir, Pawan Sharma, and Shailendra K. Saxena Correction to: Transmission Cycle of SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2 / Tushar Yadav and Shailendra K. Saxena
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents current knowledge on chemistry and physics of Arctic atmosphere. Special attention is given to studies of the Arctic haze phenomenon, Arctic tropospheric clouds, Arctic fog, polar stratospheric and mesospheric clouds, atmospheric dynamics, thermodynamics and radiative transfer as related to the polar environment. The atmosphere-cryosphere feedbacks and atmospheric remote sensing techniques are presented in detail. The problems of climate change in the Arctic are also addressed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (723 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Dynamical Processes in the Arctic Atmosphere / Marius O. Jonassen, Dmitry Chechin, Alexey Karpechko,Christof Lüpkes, Thomas Spengler, Annick Tepstra, Timo Vihma,and Xiangdong Zhang 2 Thermodynamics of the Arctic Atmosphere / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Oxana Drofa, and Mauro Mazzola 3 Trace Gases in the Arctic Atmosphere / Kimberly Strong, William R. Simpson, Kristof Bognar,Rodica Lindenmaier, and Sébastien Roche 4 Arctic Aerosols / Roberto Udisti, Rita Traversi, Silvia Becagli, Claudio Tomasi,Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, and Patricia K. Quinn 5 A Climatological Overview of Arctic Clouds / Abhay Devasthale, Joseph Sedlar, Michael Tjernström,and Alexander Kokhanovsky 6 Arctic Ice Fog: Its Microphysics and Prediction / Ismail Gultepe, Andrew J. Heymsfield, and Martin Gallagher 7 Polar Stratospheric Clouds in the Arctic / Francesco Cairo and Tiziana Colavitto 8 Noctilucent Clouds: General Properties and Remote Sensing / Christian von Savigny, Gerd Baumgarten, and Franz-Josef Lübkenix 9 Remote Sensing of Arctic Atmospheric Aerosols / Alexander Kokhanovsky, Claudio Tomasi, Alexander Smirnov,Andreas Herber, Roland Neuber, André Ehrlich, Angelo Lupi, Boyan H. Petkov, Mauro Mazzola, Christoph Ritter, Carlos Toledano,Thomas Carlund, Vito Vitale, Brent Holben, Tymon Zielinski,Simon Bélanger, Pierre Larouche, Stefan Kinne, Vladimir Radionov,Manfred Wendisch, Jason L. Tackett, and David M. Winker 10 Radiation in the Arctic Atmosphere and Atmosphere –Cryosphere Feedbacks / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Angelo Lupi, Mauro Mazzola,Christian Lanconelli, and Ismail Gultepe 11 Climate Change in the Arctic / Torben Koenigk, Jeff Key, and Timo Vihma Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93985
    Description / Table of Contents: Der zentralasiatische Naturraum, wie er sich uns heute präsentiert, ist das Ergebnis eines Zusammenwirkens vieler verschiedener Faktoren über Jahrmillionen hinweg. Im aktuellen Kontext des Klimawandels zeigt sich jedoch, wie stark sich Stoffflüsse auch kurzfristig ändern und dabei das Gesicht der Landschaft verwandeln können. Die Gobi-Wüste in der Inneren Mongolei (China), als Teil der gleichnamigen Trockenregionen Nordwestchinas, ist aufgrund der Ausgestaltung ihrer landschaftsprägenden Elemente sowie ihrer Landschaftsdynamik, im Zusammenhang mit der Lage zum Tibet-Plateau, in den Fokus der klimageschichtlichen Grundlagenforschung gerückt. Als großes Langzeitarchiv unterschiedlichster fluvialer, lakustriner und äolischer Sedimente stellt sie eine bedeutende Lokalität zur Rekonstruktion von lokalen und regionalen Stoffflüssen dar.. Andererseits ist die Gobi-Wüste zugleich auch eine bedeutende Quelle für den überregionalen Staubtransport, da sie aufgrund der klimatischen Bedingungen insbesondere der Erosion durch Ausblasung preisgegeben wird. Vor diesem Hintergrund erfolgten zwischen 2011 und 2014, im Rahmen des BMBF-Verbundprogramms WTZ Zentralasien – Monsundynamik & Geoökosysteme (Förderkennzeichen 03G0814), mehrere deutsch-chinesische Expeditionen in das Ejina-Becken (Innere Mongolei) und das Qilian Shan-Vorland. Im Zuge dieser Expeditionen wurden für eine Bestimmung potenzieller Sedimentquellen erstmals zahlreiche Oberflächenproben aus dem gesamten Einzugsgebiet des Heihe (schwarzer Fluss) gesammelt. Zudem wurden mit zwei Bohrungen im inneren des Ejina-Beckens, ergänzende Sedimentbohrkerne zum bestehenden Bohrkern D100 (siehe Wünnemann (2005)) abgeteuft, um weit reichende, ergänzende Informationen zur Landschaftsgeschichte und zum überregionalen Sedimenttransfer zu erhalten. Gegenstand und Ziel der vorliegenden Doktorarbeit ist die sedimentologisch-mineralogische Charakterisierung des Untersuchungsgebietes in Bezug auf potenzielle Sedimentquellen und Stoffflüsse des Ejina-Beckens sowie die Rekonstruktion der Ablagerungsgeschichte eines dort erbohrten, 19m langen Sedimentbohrkerns (GN100). Schwerpunkt ist hierbei die Klärung der Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Bohrkerns sowie die Ausweisung von Herkunftssignalen und möglichen Sedimentquellen bzw. Sedimenttransportpfaden. Die methodische Herangehensweise basiert auf einem Multi-Proxy-Ansatz zur Charakterisierung der klastischen Sedimentfazies anhand von Geländebeobachtungen, lithologisch-granulometrischen und mineralogisch-geochemischen Analysen sowie statistischen Verfahren. Für die mineralogischen Untersuchungen der Sedimente wurde eine neue, rasterelektronenmikroskopische Methode zur automatisierten Partikelanalyse genutzt und den traditionellen Methoden gegenübergestellt. Die synoptische Betrachtung der granulometrischen, geochemischen und mineralogischen Befunde der Oberflächensedimente ergibt für das Untersuchungsgebiet ein logisches Kaskadenmodell mit immer wiederkehrenden Prozessbereichen und ähnlichen Prozesssignalen. Die umfangreichen granulometrischen Analysen deuten dabei auf abnehmende Korngrößen mit zunehmender Entfernung vom Qilian Shan hin und ermöglichen die Identifizierung von vier texturellen Signalen: den fluvialen Sanden, den Dünensanden, den Stillwassersedimenten und Stäuben. Diese Ergebnisse können als Interpretationsgrundlage für die Korngrößenanalysen des Bohrkerns genutzt werden. Somit ist es möglich, die Ablagerungsgeschichte der Bohrkernsedimente zu rekonstruieren und in Verbindung mit eigenen und literaturbasierten Datierungen in einen Gesamtkontext einzuhängen. Für das Untersuchungsgebiet werden somit vier Ablagerungsphasen ausgewiesen, die bis in die Zeit des letzten glazialen Maximums (LGM) zurückreichen. Während dieser Ablagerungsphasen kam es im Zuge unterschiedlicher Aktivitäts- und Stabilitätsphasen zu einer kontinuierlichen Progradation und Überprägung des Schwemmfächers. Eine besonders aktive Phase kann zwischen 8 ka und 4 ka BP festgestellt werden, während der es aufgrund zunehmender fluvialer Aktivitäten zu einer deutlich verstärkten Schwemmfächerdynamik gekommen zu sein scheint. In den Abschnitten davor und danach waren es vor allem äolische Prozesse, die zu einer Überprägung des Schwemmfächers geführt haben. Hinsichtlich der mineralogischen Herkunftssignale gibt es eine große Variabilität. Dies spiegelt die enorme Heterogenität der Geologie des Untersuchungsgebietes wider, wodurch die räumlichen Signale nicht sehr stark ausgeprägt sind. Dennoch, können für das Einzugsgebiet drei größere Bereiche deklariert werden, die als Herkunftsgebiet in Frage kommen. Das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland zeichnet sich dabei durch deutlich höhere Chloritgehalte als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken aus. Sie unterscheiden sich insbesondere durch stark divergierende Chloritgehalte in der Tonmineral- und Gesamtmineralfraktion, was das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken auszeichnet. Dies steht in Zusammenhang mit den Grünschiefern, Ophioliten und Serpentiniten in diesem Bereich. Geochemisch deutet vor allem das Cr/Rb-Verhältnis eine große Variabilität innerhalb des Einzugsgebietes an. Auch hier ist es das östliche Vorland, welches aufgrund seines hohen Anteils an mafischen Gesteinen reich an Chromiten und Spinellen ist und sich somit vom restlichen Untersuchungsgebiet abhebt. Die zeitliche aber auch die generelle Variabilität der Sedimentherkunft lässt sich in den Bohrkernsedimenten nicht so deutlich nachzeichnen. Die mineralogisch-sedimentologischen Eigenschaften der erbohrten klastischen Sedimente zeugen zwar von zwischenzeitlichen Änderungen bei der Sedimentherkunft, diese sind jedoch nicht so deutlich ausgeprägt, wie es die Quellsignale in den Oberflächensedimenten vermuten lassen. Ein Grund dafür scheint die starke Vermischung unterschiedlichster Sedimente während des Transportes zu sein. Die Kombination der Korngrößenergebnisse mit den Befunden der Gesamt- und Schwermineralogie deuten darauf hin, dass es zwischenzeitlich eine Phase mit überwiegend äolischen Prozessen gegeben hat, die mit einem Sedimenteintrag aus dem westlichen Bei Shan in Verbindung stehen. Neben der Zunahme ultrastabiler Schwerminerale wie Zirkon und Granat und der Abnahme opaker Schwerminerale, weisen vor allem die heutigen Verhältnisse darauf hin. Der Vergleich der traditionellen Schwermineralanalyse mit der Computer-Controlled-Scanning-Electron-Microscopy (kurz: CCSEM), die eine automatisierte Partikelauswertung der Proben ermöglicht, zeigt den deutlichen Vorteil der modernen Analysemethode. Neben einem zeitlichen Vorteil, den man durch die automatisierte Abarbeitung der vorbereiteten Proben erlangen kann, steht vor allem die deutlich größere statistische Signifikanz des Ergebnisses im Vordergrund. Zudem können mit dieser Methode auch chemische Varietäten einiger Schwerminerale bestimmt werden, die eine noch feinere Klassifizierung und sicherere Aussagen zu einer möglichen Sedimentherkunft ermöglichen. Damit ergeben sich außerdem verbesserte Aussagen zu Zusammensetzungen und Entstehungsprozessen der abgelagerten Sedimente. Die Studie verdeutlicht, dass die Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Untersuchungsgebietes sowie die ablaufenden Prozesse zum Teil stark von lokalen Gegebenheiten abhängen. Die Heterogenität der Geologie und die Größe des Einzugsgebietes sowie die daraus resultierende Komplexität der Sedimentgenese, machen exakte Zuordnungen zu klar definierten Sedimentquellen sehr schwer. Dennoch zeigen die Ergebnisse, dass die Sedimentzufuhr in das Ejina-Becken in erster Linie durch fluviale klastische Sedimente des Heihe aus dem Qilian Shan erfolgt sein muss. Die Untersuchungsergebnisse zeigen jedoch ebenso die Notwendigkeit einer ergänzenden Bearbeitung angrenzender Untersuchungsgebiete, wie beispielsweise den Gobi-Altai im Norden oder den Beishan im Westen, sowie die Verdichtung der Oberflächenbeprobung zur feineren Auflösung von lokalen Sedimentquellen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 186 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS Zusammenfassung Inhaltsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Abkürzungsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Einleitung 1.2 Wissenschaftliches Ziel 2 Stand der Forschung 3 Einführung in das Untersuchungsgebiet 3.1 Lage und Physiogeographie 3.2 Geologie 3.3 Geomorphologie 3.3.1 Ejina-Becken 3.3.2 Hexi-Korridor & Qilian Shan 3.4 Klima 4 Methoden 4.1 Probennahme - Strategie und Bohrung 4.2 Probenpräparation 4.3 Tonmineralanalyse 4.4 Schwermineralanalyse 4.4.1 Probenpräparation 4.4.2 Polarisationsmikroskopie 4.4.3 Röntgendiffraktometrie (XRD) 4.4.4 Computer Controlled Scanning Electron Microscopy (CCSEM) 4.5 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 4.6 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 4.6.1 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Einzelproben Analyse) 4.6.2 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Kernscan) 4.7 Korngrößenanalyse 4.8 Geochronologie 4.9 Räumliche Datenanalyse 5 Ergebnisse 5.1 Oberflächensedimente 5.1.1 Probensätze 5.1.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.1.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.1.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.1.5 Tonmineralogie 5.1.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2 Bohrkern GN100 5.2.1 Lithostratigraphie 5.2.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.2.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.2.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.2.5 Tonmineralogie 5.2.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2.7 Datierungen 6 Diskussion 6.1 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2.1 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 6.2.2 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 6.2.3 Tonmineralogie 6.2.4 Schwermineralogie 6.3 Heutige Sedimenttransportpfade - Synoptische Betrachtung der aktuellen Oberflächensignale 6.4 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.5 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.6 Zeitliche Dimension des Sedimenteintrags - Ablagerungsgeschichte des Bohrkerns GN100 6.6.1 Darstellung der Sedimentherkunft und Ablagerungsgeschichte im Untersuchungsgebiet Schlussfolgerungen Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94410
    Description / Table of Contents: Die MOSAiC-Expedition verschiebt die Grenzen des Machbaren und markiert einen historischen Meilenstein der Polarforschung. In den Fußstapfen von Fridtjof Nansens bahnrechender Pionierleistung in den Jahren 1893 bis 1896 mit seinem hölzernen Segelschiff »Fram« bringt sie erstmals einen modernen Forschungseisbrecher im Winter in die direkte Umgebung des Nordpols. 20 Nationen haben sich zusammengetan, um die Geheimnisse des dramatischen Klimawandels der Arktis zu entschlüsseln. Untertützt wird das Flaggschiff der Expedition, der deutsche Forschungseisbrecher »Polarstern«, von sechs weiteren Schiffen und Eisbrechern, Flugzeugen und Helikoptern. Insgesamt fünfhundert Menschen nehmen an den verschiedenen Phasen der Expedition teil. Markus Rex, Kopf des Vorhabens und Expeditionsleiter, berichtet anschaulich vom oft genug dramatischen Verlauf dieser Expedition, aber auch von überwältigend faszinierenden Eindrücken aus der Arktis während der langen winterlichen Polarnacht und während des sommerlichen Polartags. Und er beschreibt die unvorstellbaren Herausforderungen, denen sich die Expeditionsteilnehmer eingefroren im polaren Eis gestellt haben - immer geleitet von dem Ziel, Licht in die Prozesse des globalen Klimawandels zu bringen, der nirgends so auseprägt ist wie in der Arktis.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 319 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783570104149 , 3570104141
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Prolog Teil I: Herbst Kapitel 1: Es beginnt Kapitel 2: Auf dünnem Eis Kapitel 3: Ein neues Zuhause Teil II: Winter Kapitel 4: Allein am Ende der Welt Kapitel 5: Sturm in der Polarnacht Kapitel 6: Weihnachten im Eis Teil III: An Land Kapitel 7: Auf Messers Schneide Teil IV: Frühling Kapitel 8: Wieder im Eis Kapitel 9: Das große Schmelzen Teil V: Sommer Kapitel 10: Hochsommer auf dem Eis Kapitel 11: Der Nordpol - und eine neue Scholle Kapitel 12: Es geht nach Hause Epilog Dank Register Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94540
    Description / Table of Contents: This thesis investigates how the permafrost microbiota responds to global warming. In detail, the constraints behind methane production in thawing permafrost were linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition. Furthermore, this thesis offers new insights into microbial adaptions to the changing environmental conditions during global warming. This was assesed by investigating the potential ecological relevant functions encoded by plasmid DNA within the permafrost microbiota. Permafrost of both interglacial and glacial origin spanning the Holocene to the late Pleistocene, including Eemian, were studied during long-term thaw incubations. Furthermore, several permafrost cores of different stratigraphy, soil type and vegetation cover were used to target the main constraints behind methane production during short-term thaw simulations. Short- and long-term incubations simulating thaw with and without the addition of substrate were combined with activity measurements, amplicon and metagenomic sequencing of permanently frozen and seasonally thawed active layer. Combined, it allowed to address the following questions. i) What constraints methane production when permafrost thaws and how is this linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition? ii) How does the methanogenic community composition change during long-term thawing conditions? iii) Which potential ecological relevant functions are encoded by plasmid DNA in active layer soils? The major outcomes of this thesis are as follows. i) Methane production from permafrost after long-term thaw simulation was found to be constrained mainly by the abundance of methanogens and the archaeal community composition. Deposits formed during periods of warmer temperatures and increased precipitation, (here represented by deposits from the Late Pleistocene of both interstadial and interglacial periods) were found to respond strongest to thawing conditions and to contain an archaeal community dominated by methanogenic archaea (40% and 100% of all detected archaea). Methanogenic population size and carbon density were identified as main predictors for potential methane production in thawing permafrost in short-term incubations when substrate was sufficiently available. ii) Besides determining the methanogenic activity after long-term thaw, the paleoenvironmental conditions were also found to influence the response of the methanogenic community composition. Substantial shifts within methanogenic community structure and a drop in diversity were observed in deposits formed during warmer periods, but not in deposits from stadials, when colder and drier conditions occurred. Overall, a shift towards a dominance of hydrogenotrophic methanogens was observed in all samples, except for the oldest interglacial deposits from the Eemian, which displayed a potential dominance of acetoclastic methanogens. The Eemian, which is discussed to serve as an analogue to current climate conditions, contained highly active methanogenic communities. However, all potential limitation of methane production after permafrost thaw, it means methanogenic community structure, methanogenic population size, and substrate pool might be overcome after permafrost had thawed on the long-term. iii) Enrichments with soil from the seasonally thawed active layer revealed that its plasmid DNA (‘metaplasmidome’) carries stress-response genes. In particular it encoded antibiotic resistance genes, heavy metal resistance genes, cold shock proteins and genes encoding UV-protection. Those are functions that are directly involved in the adaptation of microbial communities to stresses in polar environments. It was further found that metaplasmidomes from the Siberian active layer originate mainly from Gammaproteobacteria. By applying enrichment cultures followed by plasmid DNA extraction it was possible to obtain a higher average contigs length and significantly higher recovery of plasmid sequences than from extracting plasmid sequences from metagenomes. The approach of analyzing ‘metaplasmidomes’ established in this thesis is therefore suitable for studying the ecological role of plasmids in polar environments in general. This thesis emphasizes that including microbial community dynamics have the potential to improve permafrost-carbon projections. Microbially mediated methane release from permafrost environments may significantly impact future climate change. This thesis identified drivers of methanogenic composition, abundance and activity in thawing permafrost landscapes. Finally, this thesis underlines the importance to study how the current warming Arctic affects microbial communities in order to gain more insight into microbial response and adaptation strategies.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 243 Seiten , Diagramme, Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents Preface Acknowledgements Contents Summary Zusammenfassung List of abbreviations Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Carbon storage in Arctic permafrost environments and the permafrost carbon feedback (PCF) 1.3 Methane cycling microorganisms 1.4 The microbial ecology of permafrost 1.5 Plasmids and their potential role in stress tolerance 1.6 Objectives Chapter 2. Study sites 2.1 Regional settings 2.2 Kurungnakh and Samoylov Island 2.3 Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 2.4 Herschel Island Chapter 3. Manuscripts 3.1 Overview of manuscripts, including contribution of co-authors. 3.2 Manuscript I Methanogenic response to long-term permafrost thaw is determined by paleoenvironment 3.3 Manuscript II Methane production in thawing permafrost is constrained by methanogenic population size and carbon density 3.4 Manuscript III Metaplasmidome-encoded functional potential of permafrost active layer soils Chapter 4. Synthesis 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Constraints behind methane production from thawing permafrost 4.3 The methanogenic community response to long-term permafrost thaw 4.4 The adaptive potential of the permafrost micro biota to cope with stress factors during global warming 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5. Future research directions and perspectives Chapter 6. References Chapter 7. Appendix 7.1 Supporting information for manuscript I 7.2 Supporting information for manuscript II 7.3 Supporting information for manuscript III 7.4 ESR collaboration, manuscript IV
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI S2-23-95057
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 593 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-367-13991-9
    Series Statement: Texts in statistical science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface Audience Teaching strategy How to use this book Installing the rethinking R package Acknowledgments Chapter 1. The Golem of Prague 1.1. Statistical golems 1.2. Statistical rethinking 1.3. Tools for golem engineering 1.4. Summary Chapter 2. Small Worlds and Large Worlds 2.1. The garden of forking data 2.2. Building a model 2.3. Components of the model 2.4. Making the model go 2.5. Summary 2.6. Practice Chapter 3. Sampling the Imaginary . . 3.1. Sampling from a grid-approximate posterior 3.2. Sampling to summarize 3.3. Sampling to simulate prediction 3.4. Summary 3.5. Practice Chapter 4. Geocentric Models 4.1. Why normal distributions are normal 4.2. A language for describing models 4.3. Gaussian model of height 4.4. Linear prediction 4.5. Curves from lines 4.6. Summary 4.7. Practice Chapter 5. The Many Variables & The Spurious Waffles 5.1. Spurious association 5.2. Masked relationship 5.3. Categorical variables 5.4. Summary 5.5. Practice Chapter 6. The Haunted DAG & The Causal Terror 6.1. Multicollinearity 6.2. Post-treatment bias 6.3. Collider bias 6.4. Confronting confounding 6.5. Summary 6.6. Practice Chapter 7. Ulysses' Compass 7.1. The problem with parameters 7.2. Entropy and accuracy 7.3. Golem taming: regularization 7.4. Predicting predictive accuracy 7.5. Model comparison 7.6. Summary 7.7. Practice Chapter 8. Conditional Manatees 8.1. Building an interaction 8.2. Symmetry of interactions 8.3. Continuous interactions 8.4. Summary 8.5. Practice Chapter 9. Markov Chain Monte Carlo 9.1. Good King Markov and his island kingdom 9.2. Metropolis algorithms 9.3. Hamiltonian Monte Carlo 9.4. Easy HMC: ulam 9.5. Care and feeding of your Markov chain 9.6. Summary 9.7. Practice Chapter 10. Big Entropy and the Generalized Linear Model 10.1. Maximum entropy 10.2. Generalized linear models 10.3. Maximum entropy priors 10.4. Summary Chapter 11. God Spiked the Integers 11.1. Binomial regression 11.2. Poisson regression 11.3. Multinomial and categorical models 11.4. Summary 11.5. Practice Chapter 12. Monsters and Mixtures 12.1. Over-dispersed counts 12.2. Zero-inflated outcomes 12.3. Ordered categorical outcomes 12.4. Ordered categorical predictors 12.5. Summary 12.6. Practice Chapter 13. Models With Memory 13.1. Example: Multilevel tadpoles 13.2. Varying effects and the underfitting/overfitting trade-off 13.3. More than one type of cluster 13.4. Divergent transitions and non-centered priors 13.5. Multilevel posterior predictions 13.6. Summary 13.7. Practice Chapter 14. Adventures in Covariance 14.1. Varying slopes by construction 14.2. Advanced varying slopes 14.3. Instruments and causal designs 14.4. Social relations as correlated varying effects 14.5. Continuous categories and the Gaussian process 14.6. Summary 14.7. Practice Chapter 15. Missing Data and Other Opportunities 15.1. Measurement error 15.2. Missing data 15.3. Categorical errors and discrete absences 15.4. Summary 15.5. Practice Chapter 16. Generalized Linear Madness 16.1. Geometric people 16.2. Hidden minds and observed behavior 16.3. Ordinary differential nut cracking 16.4. Population dynamics 16.5. Summary 16.6. Practice Chapter 17. Horoscopes Endnotes Bibliography Citation index Topic index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030313791 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (508 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030313791 , 978-3-030-31379-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: 9783030392123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: High-resolution images of phytoplankton cells such as diatoms or desmids, which are useful for monitoring water quality, can now be provided by digital microscopes, facilitating the automated analysis and identification of specimens. Conventional approaches are based on optical microscopy; however, manual image analysis is impractical due to the huge diversity of this group of microalgae and its great morphological plasticity. As such, there is a need for automated recognition techniques for diagnostic tools (e.g. environmental monitoring networks, early warning systems) to improve the management of water resources and decision-making processes. Describing the entire workflow of a bioindicator system, from capture, analysis and identification to the determination of quality indices, this book provides insights into the current state-of-the-art in automatic identification systems in microscopy. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXIV, 294 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030392123 , 978-3-030-39212-3
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Fundamentals 1 Overview: Antecedents, Motivation and Necessity / Gabriel Cristóbal, Saúl Blanco, and Gloria Bueno 2 Diatom Classifications: What Purpose Do They Serve? / David M. Williams 3 Diatom Taxonomy and Identification Keys / Saúl Blanco 4 Naturally and Environmentally Driven Variations in Diatom Morphology: Implications for Diatom-Based Assessment of Water Quality / Adriana Olenici, C ̆alin Baciu, Saúl Blanco, and Soizic Morin Part II Sensing 5 Microscopic Modalities and Illumination Techniques / J. Piper and T. Piper 6 Light Filtering in Microscopy / J. Piper 7 Automatization Techniques. Slide Scanning / Carlos Sánchez, Jesús Ruiz-Santaquiteria Alegre, José Luis Espinosa Aranda, and Jesús Salido Part III Analysis 8 Segmentation Techniques / Gloria Bueno, Manuel G. Forero, Carlos A. Jacanamejoy, J. Alejandro Libreros, M. Milagro Fernandez-Carrobles, and Oscar Deniz 9 Diatom Feature Extraction and Classification / Noelia Vallez, Anibal Pedraza, Carlos Sánchez, Jesus Salido, Oscar Deniz, and Gloria Bueno 10 Multifocus and Multiexposure Techniques / Harbinder Singh, Gabriel Cristóbal, and Vinay Kumar 11 Stereoscopic Imaging of Diatoms in Light and Electron Microscopy / Robert Sturm 12 Geometric Morphometrics and the Shape of Microscopic Organisms / Ecaterina Fodor and Ovidiu Ioan Hâruta Part IV Applications 13 Water Quality Assessment / A. Goldenberg-Vilar, R. Álvarez-Troncoso, V. Roldán, and Saúl Blanco 14 Diatoms in Forensic Analysis / Eloy Girela-Lopez, Cristina M. Beltran-Aroca, and Herminia García-Mozo 15 Benthic Foraminifera and Diatoms as Ecological Indicators / Xavier Benito Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: 9783030459093 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses a broad range of issues concerning microplastic pollution, including microplastic pollution in various environments (freshwater, marine, air and soil); the sources, fate and effects of microplastics; detection systems for microplastic pollution monitoring; green approaches for the synthesis of environmentally friendly polymers; recovery and recycling of marine plastics; wastewater treatment plants as a microplastic entrance route; nanoplastics as emerging pollutants; degradation of plastics in the marine environment; impacts of microplastics on marine life; microplastics: from marine pollution to the human food chain; mitigation of microplastic impacts and innovative solutions; sampling, extraction, purification and identification approaches for microplastics; adsorption and transport of pollutants on and in microplastics; and lastly, the socio-economic and environmental impacts: assessment and risk analysis. In addition to presenting cutting-edge information and highlighting current trends and issues, the book proposes concrete solutions to help face this significant environmental threat. It is chiefly intended for researchers and industry decision-makers; international, national and local institutions; and NGOs, providing them with comprehensive information on the origin of the problem; its effects on marine environments, with a particular focus on the Mediterranean Sea and coasts; and recent and ongoing research activities and projects aimed at finding technical solutions to mitigate the phenomenon. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 329 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030459093 , 978-3-030-45909-3
    ISSN: 2364-6934 , 2364-8198
    Series Statement: Springer Water
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Impact of Microplastics on Filter-Feeding Megafauna / Maria Cristina Fossi, Matteo Baini, and Cristina Panti Microplastic Contamination of Sediment and Water Column in the Seine River Estuary / Soline Alligant, Johnny Gasperi, Aline Gangnery, Frank Maheux, Benjamin Simon, Marie-Pierre Halm-Lemille, Maria El Rakwe, Catherine Dreanno, Jérôme Cachot, and Bruno Tassin Plastic Debris in Urban Water and in Freshwater: Lessons Learned from Research Projects Launched in the Seine Basin Catchment / Johnny Gasperi, Soline Alligant, Rachid Dris, Romain Tramoy, Robin Treilles, and Bruno Tassin Insights on Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Ecosystems: The EPHEMARE Project / Francesco Regoli, Marina Albentosa, Carlo Giacomo Avio, Annika Batel, Maria João Bebianno, Marie-Laure Bégout, Ricardo Beiras, Juan Bellas, Ronny Blust, Agathe Bour, Thomas Braunbeck, Jérôme Cachot, Camilla Catarci Carteny, Bettie Cormier, Xavier Cousin, Alberto Cuesta, María Ángeles Esteban, Marco Faimali, Chiara Gambardella, Francesca Garaventa, Stefania Gorbi, Lúcia Guilhermino, Ketil Hylland, Steffen H. Keiter, Kathrin Kopke, Bénédicte Morin, Alexandre Pacheco, Lucia Pittura, Raewyn M. Town, and Luis R. Vieira What Can Model Polystyrene Nanoparticles Can Teach Us on the Impact of Nanoplastics in Bivalves? Studies in Mytilus from the Molecular to the Organism Level / Manon Auguste, Teresa Balbi, Caterina Ciacci, and Laura Canesi In Vitro Effects of Mercury (Hg) on the Immune Function of Mediterranean Mussel (Mytilus Galloprovincialis) Are Enhanced in Presence of Microplastics in the Extracellular Medium / Concepción Martínez-Gómez, Juan Santos-Echeandía, José R. Rivera-Hernández, Ramón Ortuño, Marina Albentosa, and Víctor M. León Study of Chemical Pollutants over Marine Microplastics Based on Their Composition and Degradation Rate / Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, Daura Vega-Moreno, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Marine Litter: Are There Solutions to This Environmental Challenge? / Richard C. Thompson and Francesca De Falco Development of a Thermo Degradation Method to Assess Levels and Distribution of Microplastics in Marine Sediments and Its Application in Two Case Studies: The Northern Adriatic Sea (Italy) and Boknafjord (Norway) / Alessio Gomiero, Kjell Birger Øysæd, Pierluigi Strafella, Gianna Fabi, and Giuseppe Scarcella Microplastics Extraction and Counting from Wastewater and Sludge Through Elutriation and Hydrocyclone / Rubén Rodríguez-Alegre, Javier Eduardo Sánchez-Ramírez, Laura Pastor, Silvia Doñate, Adrián Marí, Abel Lara, and Edxon Licon Microfiber Pollution from Source to Mitigation / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, and Mariacristina Cocca Textile Fibres in Mediterranean Surface Waters: Abundance and Composition / Giuseppe Suaria, Marta Musso, Aikaterini Achtypi, Deborah Bassotto, and Stefano Aliani When Size Matters – Textile Microfibers into the Environment / Francisco Belzagui, Carmen Gutiérrez-Bouzán, Antonio Álvarez-Sánchez, and Mercedes Vilaseca Derelict Fishing Gear – Removing a Source of Microplastics from the Marine Environment / Andrea Stolte, Jochen Lamp, Gabriele Dederer, Falk Schneider, Marta Kalinowska, Sylwia Migdal, Marek Press, Vesa Tschernij, and Andreas Frössberg Biodegradable Plastics Do not Form Chemically Persistent Microplastics / Francesco Degli Innocenti Controlled Aging and Degradation of Selected Plastics in Marine Environment: 12 Months of Follow-up / Luca Fambri, Roberto Caria, Fabrizio Atzori, Riccardo Ceccato, and Denis Lorenzi Inhalable Microplastics: A New Cause for Concern? / Frank J. Kelly, Joseph Levermore, and Stephanie Wright Microplastics and Nanoplastics Occurrence and Composition in Drinking Water from Akureyri Urban Area, Iceland / Ásta Margrét Ásmundsdóttir, Alessio Gomiero, and Kjell Birger Øysæd Association of Potential Human Pathogens with Microplastics in Freshwater Systems / Loriane Murphy, Kieran Germaine, David N. Dowling, Thomais Kakouli-Duarte, and John Cleary Sample Preparation and Analysis Methods of Microplastics / Tiziano Battistini, Masenka Mikuz, Giulia Dalla Fontana, Alessio Montarsolo, and Raffaella Mossotti INTO THE MED: Searching for Microplastics from Space to Deep-Sea / Catharina Pieper, Ana Martins, Erik Zettler, Clara Magalhães Loureiro, Victor Onink, Anu Heikkilä, Alexandre Epinoux, Ethan Edson, Vincenzo Donnarumma, Fons de Vogel, Kara Lavender Law, and Linda Amaral-Zettler Analysis of Marine Microplastics in the Water Column Sampled up to 300 M Depth / Daura Vega-Moreno, Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Macro and Microplastics in Stormwater and Combined Sewer Overflows in Paris Megacity / Robin Treilles, Johnny Gasperi, Mohamed Saad, Alain Rabier, Jérôme Breton, Vincent Rocher, Sabrina Guérin, and Bruno Tassin The Effect of Drinking Water Ozonation on Different Types of Submicron Plastic Particles / Gerardo Pulido-Reyes, Denise M. Mitrano, Ralf Kägi, and Urs von Gunten Microplastic in Coastal Areas - Impact of Waves, Sediments and Saltwater on the Degradation Behaviour / Maximilian P. Born and Holger Schüttrumpf The Role of Humic Acids on the Effects of Nanoplastics in Fish / I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Preliminary Data on the Polymer Type Identification from Estuarine Environmental Samples / Gonçalo Brás Gomes, Vanessa Morgado, and Carla Palma Qualitative and Quantitative Screening of Organic Pollutants Associated on Microplastics from Ofanto River (South Italy) / Claudia Campanale, Giuseppe Bagnuolo, Georg Dierkes, Carmine Massarelli, and Vito Felice Uricchio Assessment of Microplastic Pollution in Sarno River / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Rachele Castaldo, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, Giancarlo Chiavazzo, Mariateresa Imaparato, Francesca Montuoro, Luca Pucci, Stefania Di Vito, and Mariacristina Cocca Holistic Approach to the Marine Microplastics: Sampling, Characterization, Consequences / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Marine Microplastics at Santuario Pelagos / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Microplastics Uptake and Egestion Dynamics in Pacific Oysters, Magallana Gigas (Thunberg, 1793), Under Controlled Conditions / Philip Graham, Luca Palazzo, Stefano Carboni, Trevor Telfer, Maura Baroli, and Giuseppe Andrea de Lucia Extraction Protocol Optimization for Detection of Microplastics in Digestive System Contents of Loggerhead Turtle (Caretta Caretta) / Ludovica Di Renzo, Giuseppina Mascilongo, Federica Di Giacinto, Daniela Zezza, Gabriella Di Francesco, Vincenzo Olivieri, Miriam Berti, Antonio Petrini, and Nicola Ferri Study of Plastics Debris Collected on the North Beaches of the Garda Lake After the Severe Storm Vaia in Autumn 2018 / Luca Fambri, Giada Bombardelli, Claudia Gavazza, Alfredo Casagranda, Paola Battocchi, and Renzo Tomasi Microplastics and Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons Occurrence in a Demersal Fish (Solea solea) in the Adriatic Sea / Emanuela Frapiccini, Giulio Pellini, Alessio Gomiero, Giuseppe Scarcella, Stefano Guicciardi, Anna Annibaldi, Mattia Betti, and Mauro Marini Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Zooplankton / Silvia Morgana, Chiara Gambardella, Elisa Costa, Veronica Piazza, Francesca Garaventa, and Marco Faimali Occurrence of Microplastics in the Gastrointestinal Tracts (GITs) of the Common Dolphinfish, Coryphaena Hippurus, from the Western Mediterranean Sea / Gabriella Schirinzi, Cristina Pedà, Franco Andaloro, Matteo Baini, Pietro Battaglia, Michela D’Alessandro, Martina Genovese, Marinella Farré, Cristina Panti, Maria Cristina Fossi, and Teresa Romeo Effects of Polymethacrylate Nanoplastics on Lipid Metabolism in Sparus Aurata / C. Barría, I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Measuring the Size and the Charge of Microplastics in Aqueous Suspensions With and With
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: AWI E2-20-93574
    In: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen, 03/2020
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: Seite 26-48 , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0342-8311
    Series Statement: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen 03/2020
    Language: German
    Note: TITELTHEMA: Gefangen im Eis Seit Herbst 2019 führt das Forschungsschiff „Polarstern“ die größte Arktisexpedition aller Zeiten an. Hunderte Wissenschaftler erforschen die Umwelt in der Nordpolregion – unter härtesten Bedingungen. Von Marlene Göring und Esther Horvath NEUSEELAND Ein Land auf Rattenjagd Invasive Arten machen der Vogelwelt auf Neuseeland den Garaus. Jetzt rüsten Tierschützer zum Kampf: Millionen Ratten, Wiesel und Possums sollen sterben. Kann der wahnwitzige Plan gelingen? Von Anke Sparmann und David M. Smith PORTRÄT Musikalische Leckerlis Katzen mögen Mozart? Nur weil sie nichts Besseres kennen. Der Cellist David Teie komponiert Musik eigens für Katzen, Hunde und Affen – mit erstaunlichem Erfolg. Von Johannes Böhme und Jared Soares HONGKONG Die Kolonie der Kämpfer Unversöhnlich stehen sich Polizisten und Demonstranten auf Hongkongs Straßen gegenüber; immer gewalttätiger werden die Proteste. Ein GEO-Team hat unter großer Gefahr Aktivisten über Monate begleitet. FOTOGRAFIE Europa in der Nachkriegszeit Bill Perlmutter kam in den 1950er Jahren als Soldat mit dem Auftrag nach Europa, das alltägliche Leben zu dokumentieren. Sein unvoreingenommener Blick zeigt Menschen mit fröhlichem Aufbruchsgeist. ANTIMATERIE Spurensuche in der Schattenwelt In der Fantasie des Kinos treibt sie Raumschiffe an, im wahren Leben stellt sie Physiker vor ein Rätsel: Eigentlich gibt es viel zu wenig Antimaterie auf der Welt. Wo ist der geheimnisvolle Stoff abgeblieben? KOSMOS In Australien rettet die Feuerwehr Dinosaurier-Bäume. Tiefseekorallen vor Hawaii erholen sich verblüffend schnell. Ein Smartphone-Mikroskop soll Menschen helfen. Dazu Geschichten in Bildern aus Louisiana, der Mongolei und Mosambik GEO-TAG DER NATUR Wie vielfältig sind unsere Biotope? Beim GEO-Tag der Natur werden wieder Tausende Naturliebhaber in ganz Deutschland ausschwärmen, um Artenvielfalt zu kartieren 361° Können Krokodile weinen? Brauchen wir personalisierte Medikamente? Warum gibt es in Städten mehr Kriminalität? Antworten auf diese und weitere spannende Fragen WELTBÜRGER Fermin Pablo Cilio aus Peru
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-748
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 748
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., erweiterte und überarbeitete Auflage
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 748
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitung 2. Zur Geschichte der Frühen Polarforschung 2.1 Die Entwicklung vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1914 2.1.1 Frühe Polarreisen und ihre Wechselwirkung mit der Kartografie in der frühen Neuzeit 2.1.2 Fragen der Geophysik, Ozeanografie und Meteorologie an die Polarforschung im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert 2.1.3 Frühe deutsche Polarforschung 2.2 Die Entwicklung der deutschen Polarforschung zwischen den Weltkriegen 2.2.1 Die Internationale Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Arktis mit Luftfahrzeugen (Aeroarctic) von 1922 bis 1931 2.2.2 Die Deutsche Atlantische Expedition („Meteor-Expedition“) von 1925 bis 1927 2.2.3 Die Deutsche Grönlandexpedition Alfred Wegener von 1930 bis 1931 2.2.4 Das zweite Internationale Polarjahr von1932 bis 1933 2.2.5 Walfang und Politik: die „Schwabenlandexpedition“ von 1938 bis 1939 als Fortsetzung der deutschen Südpolarforschung 2.3 Die Deutsche Polarforschung während des Zweiten Weltkrieges 3. Polarforschung nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg bis zur Gründung des AWI (1945-1981) 3.1 Politisch-strategisch motivierte Polarforschung der Großmächte nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg ab 1946/47 3.2 Nationale Polarforschungsunternehmen und internationale Kooperationen von 1948 bis 1981 3.2.1 Die Expédition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland (EGIG) und andere Expeditionen von 1948 bis 1968 3.2.2 Die Antarktisaktivitäten anderer Länder von 1947 bis 1957 3.2.3 Das Internationale Geophysikalische Jahr von 1957 bis 1959 3.2.4 Die Gründung des Antarctic Treaty System (ATS) im Jahr 1959 3.2.5 Die Polarforschung der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik (DDR) 3.2.6 Die Polarforschung der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (BRD) 4. Die Entwicklung des AWI und der deutschen Polarforschung 4.1 Gründungskontexte 4.1.1 Polarforschung als staatliche Aufgabe 4.1.2 Vorbereitungen zur Gründung eines Polarforschungsinstituts der Bundesrepublik Deutschland im Jahr 1978 4.1.3 Entscheidung über die Standortfrage im Jahr 1979 4.2 Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung 4.2.1 Gesetzliche und finanzielle Grundlagen, erste antarktische Expeditionen 4.2.2 Die Besetzung der Leitungspositionen 4.2.3 Umfang und Beschaffung der technischen Einrichtungen 4.2.4 Die technischen Einrichtungen der Logistik in der Gründungsphase des AWI 4.3 Die Entwicklung des AWI in Bremerhaven unter der Leitung vonGotthilf Hempel von 1981 bis 1992 4.3.1 Die Entwicklung des AWI von 1981 bis 1986 4.3.2 Eingliederung des IfMB in das AWI von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.3 Kongresse und internationale Kooperationen von 1986 bis 1987 4.3.4 Der Weg in die Klimaforschung ab 1988 4.3.5 Beteiligung an internationalen Eisbohrprogrammen auf Grönland von 1989 bis 1995 4.3.6 Die erste Überwinterung einer Frauenmannschaft in der GvN-Stationvon 1989 bis 1990 4.3.7 Besondere Expeditionen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.8 Aktivitäten und Umfang der Logistik von 1985 bis 1991 4.3.9 Die Aktivitäten der Zentralen Einrichtungen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.10 Das AWI als Mitglied eines Großforschungsverbundes ab Mitte der 1980er Jahre 4.3.11 Die politische Wende 1989/90 und die Polar- und Meeresforschung 4.3.12 Am Ende der Gründungsjahre im Jahr 1992 4.3.13 Wechsel des wissenschaftlichen Direktors im Jahr 1992 4.4 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Max Tilzer von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.4.2 Die Entwicklung der Logistik von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.3 Die Entwicklung der zentralen Einrichtungen von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.4 Tiefbohrprojekte auf Grönland und in der Antarktis 4.4.5 Die internationale Zusammenarbeit des AWI ab 1991 4.4.6 Nationale Kooperationen und Aufgaben von 1992 bis 1997 4.5 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Jörn Thiede von 1997 bis 2007 4.5.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.5.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierungen der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche 4.5.3 Übernahme der BAH von 1998 bis 1999 4.5.4 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.5 Entwicklung und Aufgaben der Logistik von 1998 bis 2008 4.5.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.5.7 Außenwirkung 4.5.8 Technologietransfer 4.5.9 Internationale Zusammenarbeit von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.10 Zusammenarbeit in Deutschland von 2000 bis 2007 4.6 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Karin Lochte von 2007 bis 2017 4.6.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.6.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierung der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche ab 2009 4.6.3 Besondere Wissenschaftliche Programme ab 2006 4.6.4 Bedeutungswandel von Transferkonzepten nach Einführung der POF 4.6.5 Entwicklung der Logistik ab 2007 4.6.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.6.7 Internationale Kooperationen 4.6.8 Nationale Kooperationen 4.7 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Antje Boetius von 2017 bis 2020 4.7.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.7.2 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte 4.7.3 Die Entwicklung der Logistik 4.8 Ausblick 5. Quellen- und Literaturverzeichnis 5.1 Quellen 5.1.1 Archivalien 5.1.2 Gedruckte Quellen 5.1.3 Pressemitteilungen 5.1.4 Internetseiten 5.1.5 Auskunftspersonen 5.2 Sekundärliteratur 5.2.1 Monographien, Aufsätze und Artikel 5.2.2 Einträge in der Online-Enzyklopädie Wikipedia 5.2.3 Internetseiten 6. Abbildungsverzeichnis 7. Abkürzungsverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94415
    Description / Table of Contents: Noch nie haben Forschende das Meereis der Arktis so umfassend untersuchen können, wie auf der internationalen MOSAiC-Expedition des Forschungseisbrechers Polarstern. Ein Jahr lang ist das Schiff mit dem Eis durch die zentrale Arktis getrieben; ein Jahr lang haben die Männer und Frauen das Eis mithilfe modernster Technik unter die Lupe genommen. Welche Herausforderungen es dabei zu meistern galt und was sie herausgefunden haben im polaren Hotspot des Klimawandels, erzählen sie in zehn DriftStories, die dieser Band vereint. Faszinierende Arktisforschung zum Anfassen – präsentiert von meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-0-2
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Ausgangspunkt einer Jahrhundertreise Ermittlungen auf viel zu dünnem Eis Für einen schärferen Blick aus dem All Beben und Barrikaden Glitzernde Wolken unter dem Eis Ein heißer Streifen Eis Schnee, die unbekannte Größe Das Omen des ersten Schneeballs Die vielen Gesichter der Kälte Algen in der Arktis: Nichts scheint unmöglich Wiedersehen am Ausgangstor der Arktis Technik-Container Impressum/Bildnachwei
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94416
    Description / Table of Contents: Never before have researchers had the chance to explore the Arctic sea ice as comprehensively as on the international MOSAiC expedition. For an entire year, the research icebreaker Polarstern drifted through the Central Arctic with the sea ice; for an entire year, the men and women of the expedition painstakingly investigated the ice with the aid of cutting-edge technologies. In the ten DriftStories gathered here, they share the challenges they had to overcome, and the discoveries they made in this polar hotspot of climate change: fascinating Arctic research at your fingertips - presented by meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-3-3 , 978-3-9822680-2-6
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Embarking on the voyage of a century Detective work on ice that’s far too thin For a clearer view from space Shaking and quaking Glittering clouds below the ice One hot strip of ice Snow, the great unknown The snowball litmus test The many faces of cold Algae in the Arctic: Apparently, anything is possible A reunion at the outlet of the Arctic Equipment container Imprint / image credits
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents current knowledge on chemistry and physics of Arctic atmosphere. Special attention is given to studies of the Arctic haze phenomenon, Arctic tropospheric clouds, Arctic fog, polar stratospheric and mesospheric clouds, atmospheric dynamics, thermodynamics and radiative transfer as related to the polar environment. The atmosphere-cryosphere feedbacks and atmospheric remote sensing techniques are presented in detail. The problems of climate change in the Arctic are also addressed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 717 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030335663 , 978-3-030-33566-3
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Dynamical Processes in the Arctic Atmosphere / Marius O. Jonassen, Dmitry Chechin, Alexey Karpechko,Christof Lüpkes, Thomas Spengler, Annick Tepstra, Timo Vihma,and Xiangdong Zhang 2 Thermodynamics of the Arctic Atmosphere / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Oxana Drofa, and Mauro Mazzola 3 Trace Gases in the Arctic Atmosphere / Kimberly Strong, William R. Simpson, Kristof Bognar,Rodica Lindenmaier, and Sébastien Roche 4 Arctic Aerosols / Roberto Udisti, Rita Traversi, Silvia Becagli, Claudio Tomasi,Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, and Patricia K. Quinn 5 A Climatological Overview of Arctic Clouds / Abhay Devasthale, Joseph Sedlar, Michael Tjernström,and Alexander Kokhanovsky 6 Arctic Ice Fog: Its Microphysics and Prediction / Ismail Gultepe, Andrew J. Heymsfield, and Martin Gallagher 7 Polar Stratospheric Clouds in the Arctic / Francesco Cairo and Tiziana Colavitto 8 Noctilucent Clouds: General Properties and Remote Sensing / Christian von Savigny, Gerd Baumgarten, and Franz-Josef Lübkenix 9 Remote Sensing of Arctic Atmospheric Aerosols / Alexander Kokhanovsky, Claudio Tomasi, Alexander Smirnov,Andreas Herber, Roland Neuber, André Ehrlich, Angelo Lupi, Boyan H. Petkov, Mauro Mazzola, Christoph Ritter, Carlos Toledano,Thomas Carlund, Vito Vitale, Brent Holben, Tymon Zielinski,Simon Bélanger, Pierre Larouche, Stefan Kinne, Vladimir Radionov,Manfred Wendisch, Jason L. Tackett, and David M. Winker 10 Radiation in the Arctic Atmosphere and Atmosphere –Cryosphere Feedbacks / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Angelo Lupi, Mauro Mazzola,Christian Lanconelli, and Ismail Gultepe 11 Climate Change in the Arctic / Torben Koenigk, Jeff Key, and Timo Vihma Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: AWI P1-14-0015 ; PIK N 454-14-0080
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents: - 1 Land, Leute und Bodenschätze. - 1.1 Die Arktis und ihre Grenzen: eine physisch-geographische Einführung. - 1.2 Geologische Entwicklung und tektonischer Bau der Antarktis. - 1.3 Geschichte der antarktischen Entdeckungen. - 1.4 Abriss der Geschichte der Entdeckung der Arktis. - 1.5 Die indigenen Völker im Norden: frühere und gegenwärtige Entwicklungen. - 1.6 Die mittelalterliche Besiedlung Westgrönlands durch die Wikinger - ein fehlgeschlagenes Experiment?. - 1.7 Permafrost - ein weit verbreitetes Klimaphänomen der Arktis und Subarktis. - 1.8 Die Geologie der Arktis, ihre Bodenschätze und ihr rechtlicher Status. - 2 Meeresströmung, Stürme und Eis. - 2.1 Struktur, Dynamik und Bedeutung des antarktischen Wasserringes. - 2.2 Wassermassenänderungen im Arktischen Ozean. - 2.3 Änderungen in der Nordatlantischen Tiefenwasserbildung und ihre Auswirkungen auf das Europäische Klima. - 2.4 Roaring Forties und Riesenwellen - Gefahren im Südpolarmeer. - 2.5 Polare Mesozyklonen: Die Hurrikane der Polargebiete. - 2.6 Die Wechselwirkung zwischen antarktischen Schelfeisgebieten und dem Ozean und der Beitrag zur ozeanischen Wassermassenbildung. - 2.7 Die Massenbilanzen des antarktischen und grönländischen Inlandeises und der Charakter ihrer Veränderungen. - 2.8 Veränderung der Dicke und Ausdehnung des Polarmeereises. - 3 Flora, Fauna und Ökosysteme. - 3.1 Flora und Vegetation des terrestrischen Bereichs. - 3.2 Ökophysiologie und Wachstum arktischer Pflanzen im Klimawandel. - 3.3 Das Meereis als Lebensraum. - 3.4 Einfluss von Fischerei und Klima auf die Bestände des antarktischen Krill. - 3.5 Klimabedingte ökologische Veränderungen in den Bodenfaunen polarer Schelfmeere. - 3.6 Die Fische des Nord- und Südpolarmeeres. - 3.7 Vogelwelt der Polarregionen und ihre Gefährdung. - 3.8 Robben und Robbenschlag in der Antarktis. - 3.9 Arktische Robben und Eisbären - Auswirkungen von Klimaerwärmung und Ressourcennutzung. - 3.10 Warnsignale Walfang. - 3.11 Marine Biodiversität in den Polarregionen nach der Volkszählung der Meere. - 4 Das Weltklima und die Polarregionen. - 4.1 Wechselwirkungen zwischen arktischem Meereis und der atmosphärischen Zirkulation. - 4.2 Niederschläge in den Polarregionen und ihre Erfassung. - 4.3 Atmosphärische Messungen an der AWIPEV Station Spitzbergen. - 4.4 Das Polarlicht. - 4.5 Erwärmung der Polarregionen in den letzten 50 Jahren: Ursachen und Folgen. - 4.6 Verhalltes Warnsignal: Die Erwärmung ds Nordpolargebietes während der ersten Hälfte des 20. Jahrhunderts. - 4.7 Die Rolle ozeanischer Wärmetransporte für das Klima der Arktis im letzten Jahrtausend. - 4.8 Polareiskerne - Archive globaler Klima- und Umweltveränderungen. - 4.9 Die polaren Meeressedimente als Archiv des Weltklimas. - 4.10 Der katabatische Wind über den polaren Eisschilden. - 4.11 Meeresspiegelanstieg - Eisschilde, Gletscher und thermische Ausdehnung: eine kurze Übersicht. - 4.12 Anmerkungen über Veränderungen in den Eisströmen der Eisschilde. - 4.13 Permafrostbeeinflusste Böden (Kryosole) im Klimawandel. - 4.14 Methanhydrate in arktischen Sedimenten - Einfluss auf Klima und Stabilität der Kontinentalränder. - 5 Forschung, Gefährdung und Schutz. - 5.1 Über die deutschen Forschungsaktivitäten in den Polarregionen. - 5.2 Rückgang des Ozons in der Stratosphäre der Polarregionen. - 5.3 Ausbreitung von Schadstoffen in die Polarregionen. - 5.4 Anreicherung und Effekte von organischen Schadstoffen in der polaren Umwelt. - 5.5 Tourismus und seine Auswirkungen. - 5.6 Globale Gefahren durch intensive Nutzung der Taiga-Wälder. - 5.7 Die Nutzung von Öl- und Gasvorkommen in einer nahezu eisfreien Arktis. - 5.8 Antarktis im Spannungsfeld zwischen Forschung, Tourismus und Umweltschutz. - 5.9 Meeresschutzgebiete in der Antarktis: Lassen sich Schutz- und Fischerei-Interessen verbinden?. - 5.10 Gebietsstreitigkeiten in der Arktis - Ist eine friedliche Beilegung mittels Abgrenzung erreichbar?. - 5.11 Umweltschutz in einer Arktis im Wandel. - 6 Sachregister.
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Polarregionen üben trotz ihrer abgelegenen Lage einen erheblichen Einfluss auf das Weltklima aus. Dies hängt besonders mit den bedeutenden Kopplungsprozessen zwischen dem Eis (Eisschilde, Meereis, Schnee und Permafrost) und der atmosphärischen sowie ozeanischen Zirkulation zusammen. Das Abschmelzen aller polaren Eisschilde würde beispielsweise einen globalen Anstieg des Meeresspiegels um etwa 70 m bewirken. Aber auch schon geringe Schwankungen im polaren Eisvolumen führen zu merklichen Veränderungen des Meeresspiegels. Die Klima-Prognosen der letzen Jahre haben sich weitgehend bestätigt. Die heutigen Messungen zeigen sogar, dass sich das Klima eher schneller ändert als erwartet. Die beobachtete Erderwärmung während des 20. Jahrhunderts hat sich in diesem Jahrhundert fortgesetzt; zurzeit beträgt die mittlere globale Erwärmung über den Kontinenten bereit 0,9°C. Diese Entwicklung wird sich fortsetzen, wenn die Anreicherung der Atmosphäre mit Treibhausgasen (vor allem CO2) anhält. Besorgniserregend ist die Tatsache, dass die heute emittierten CO2-Mengen Jahrhunderte in der Atmosphäre verbleiben. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind vielfältig. Der Meeresspiegelanstieg stieg von 1,7 mm/Jahr in den 1970/80er Jahren auf jetzt 3 mm/Jahr. Der 5. Sachstandsbericht des IPCC (2013) gibt für den Zeitraum 1993 - 2010 einen globalen mittleren Meeresspiegelanstieg von 3,2 mm/Jahr an. Viele Inselstaaten und tief gelegene Küstenländer, die am wenigsten zur Erderwärmung beitragen, werden am härtesten von den Folgen betroffen sein. Sie sind nicht in der Lage, sich mit Dämmen zu schützen. Die Erwärmung ist am stärksten in der nördlichen Polarregion. Die eisbedeckte Fläche hat sich dort fast halbiert. Auch der Westantarktische Eisschild schrumpft; dort gehen 180 km3 Eis jährlich verlären. Zahlreiche polare Arten, zum Beispiel der Eisbär, drohen ihre Lebensräume zu verlieren. Wir befinden uns bereits jetzt in einem Klimawandel, der bei ungenügendem Klimaschutz zu Temperaturen führen kann, die die Erde seit mindestens einer Million Jahre nicht mehr erlebt hat. Studien zeigen, dass der Mensch maßgeblich für den jetzigen Klimawandel verantwortlich ist. Mit diesen und anderen Themen befassen sich rund 100 Experten im vorliegenden Buch. Die Beiträge sind leicht verständlich geschrieben.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 375 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783980966863
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Washington : National Academies Press
    Call number: AWI P5-14-0057
    Description / Table of Contents: Once ice-bound, difficult to access, and largely ignored by the rest of the world, the Arctic is now front and center in the midst of many important questions facing the world today. Our daily weather, what we eat, and coastal flooding are all interconnected with the future of the Arctic. The year 2012 was an astounding year for Arctic change. The summer sea ice volume smashed previous records, losing approximately 75 percent of its value since 1980 and half of its areal coverage. Multiple records were also broken when 97 percent of Greenland's surface experienced melt conditions in 2012, the largest melt extent in the satellite era. Receding ice caps in Arctic Canada are now exposing land surfaces that have been continuously ice covered for more than 40,000 years. What happens in the Arctic has far-reaching implications around the world. Loss of snow and ice exacerbates climate change and is the largest contributor to expected global sea level rise during the next century. Ten percent of the world's fish catches comes from Arctic and sub-Arctic waters. The U.S. Geological Survey estimated that up to 13 percent of the world's remaining oil reserves are in the Arctic. The geologic history of the Arctic may hold vital clues about massive volcanic eruptions and the consequent release of massive amount of coal fly ash that is thought to have caused mass extinctions in the distant past. How will these changes affect the rest of Earth? What research should we invest in to best understand this previously hidden land, manage impacts of change on Arctic communities, and cooperate with researchers from other nations? The Arctic in the Anthropocene reviews research questions previously identified by Arctic researchers, and then highlights the new questions that have emerged in the wake of and expectation of further rapid Arctic change, as well as new capabilities to address them. This report is meant to guide future directions in U.S. Arctic research so that research is targeted on critical scientific and societal questions and conducted as effectively as possible. The Arctic in the Anthropocene identifies both a disciplinary and a cross-cutting research strategy for the next 10 to 20 years, and evaluates infrastructure needs and collaboration opportunities. The climate, biology, and society in the Arctic are changing in rapid, complex, and interactive ways. Understanding the Arctic system has never been more critical; thus, Arctic research has never been more important. This report will be a resource for institutions, funders, policy makers, and students. Written in an engaging style, The Arctic in the Anthropocene paints a picture of one of the last unknown places on this planet, and communicates the excitement and importance of the discoveries and challenges that lie ahead.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 210 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: [Final report]
    ISBN: 9780309301831 , 0-309-30183-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: SUMMARY. - 1 INTRODUCTION. - Study Context and Charge to the Committee. - Study Approach and Methodology. - Report Organization. - 2 RATIONALE FOR CONTINUED ARCTIC RESEARCH. - 3 EMERGING QUESTIONS. - Evolving Arctic. - Will Arctic communities have greater or lesser influence on their futures?. - Will the land be wetter or drier, and what are the associated implications for surface water, energy balances, and ecosystems?. - How much of the variability of the Arctic system is linked to ocean circulation?. - What are the impacts of extreme events in the new ice-reduced system?. - How will primary productivity change with decreasing sea ice and snow cover?. - How will species distributions and associated ecosystem structure change with the evolving cryosphere?. - Hidden Arctic. - What surprises are hidden within and beneath the ice?. - What is being irretrievably lost as the Arctic changes?. - Why does winter matter?. - What can "break or brake" glaciers and ice sheets?. - How unusual is the current Arctic warmth?. - What is the role of the Arctic in abrupt change?. - What has been the Cenozoic evolution of the Arctic Ocean Basin?. - Connected Arctic. - How will rapid Arctic warming change the jet stream and affect weather patterns in lower latitudes?. - What is the potential for a trajectory of irreversible loss of Arctic land ice, and how will its impact vary regionally?. - How will climate change affect exchanges between the Arctic Ocean andsubpolar basins?. - How will Arctic change affect the long-range transport and persistence of biota?. - How will changing societal connections between the Arctic and the rest of the world affect Arctic communities?. - Managed Arctic. - How will decreasing populations in rural villages and increasing urbanization affect Arctic peoples and societies?. - Will local, regional, and international relations in the Arctic move toward cooperation or conflict?. - How can 21st-century development in the Arctic occur without compromising the environment or indigenous cultures while still benefiting global and Arctic inhabitants?. - How can we prepare forecasts and scenarios to meet emerging management needs?. - What benefits and risks are presented by geoengineering and other large-scale technological interventions to prevent or reduce climate change and associated impacts in the Arctic?. - Undetermined Arctic. - Priority Setting. - 4 MEETING THE CHALLENGES. - Enhancing Cooperation. - Interagency. - International. - Interdisciplinary. - Intersectoral. - Cooperation through Social Media. - Sustaining Long-Term Observations. - Rationale for Long-Term Observations. - Coordinating Long-Term Observation Efforts. - Managing and Sharing Information. - Preserving the Legacy of Research through Data Preservation and Dissemination. - Creating a Culture of Data Preservation and Sharing. - Infrastructure to Ensure Data Flows from Observation to Users, Stakeholders, and Archives. - Data Visualization and Analysis. - Maintaining and Building Operational Capacity. - Mobile Platforms. - Fixed Platforms and Systems. - Remote Sensing. - Sensors. - Power and Communication. - Models in Prediction, Projection, and Re-Analyses. - Partnerships with Industry. - Growing Human Capacity. - Community Engagement. - Investing in Research. - Comprehensive Systems and Synthesis Research. - Non-Steady-State Research. - Social Sciences and Human Capacity. - Stakeholder-Initiated Research. - International Funding Cooperation. - Long-Term Observations. - 5 BUILDING KNOWLEDGE AND SOLVING PROBLEMS. - REFERENCES. - APPENDIXES. - A Acronyms and Abbreviations. - B Speaker and Interviewee Acknowledgments. - C Summary of Questionnaire Responses. - D Biographical Sketches of Committee Members.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI S2-14-0042 ; M 15.0198
    Description / Table of Contents: This revised and updated edition focuses on constrained ordination (RDA, CCA), variation partitioning and the use of permutation tests of statistical hypotheses about multivariate data. Both classification and modern regression methods (GLM, GAM, loess) are reviewes and species functional traits and spatial structures are analysed. Nine case studies of varying difficulty help to illustrate the suggestes analytical methods, using the latest version of Canoco 5. All studies utilise descriptive and manipulative approaches, and are supported by data sets and project files available from the book website: http://regent.prf.jcu.cz/maed2/. Written primarily for community ecologists needing to analyse data resulting from field observations and experiments, this book is a valuable resource for students and researchers dealing with both simple and complex ecological problems, such as the variation of biotic communities with environmental conditions or their response to experimental manipulation.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 362 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2. ed.
    ISBN: 9781107694408 , 1-107-69440-X
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1 Introduction and datatypes. - 1.1 Why ordination?. - 1.2 Datatypes. - 1.3 Data transformation and standardisation. - 1.4 Missing values. - 1.5 Types of analyses. - 2 Using Canoco 5. - 2.1 Philosophy of Canoco 5. - 2.2 Data import and editing. - 2.3 Defining analyses. - 2.4 Visualising results. - 2.5 Beware, CANOCO 4.x users!. - 3 Experimental design. - 3.1 Completely randomised design. - 3.2 Randomised complete blocks. - 3.3 Latin square design. - 3.4 Pseudo replicates. - 3.5 Combining more than one factor. - 3.6 Following the development of objects in time: repeated observations. - 3.7 Experimental and observational data. - 4 Basics of gradient analysis. - 4.1 Techniques of gradient analysis. - 4.2 Models of response to gradients. - 4.3 Estimating species optima by weighted averaging. - 4.4 Calibration. - 4.5 Unconstrained ordination. - 4.6 Constrained ordination. - 4.7 Basic ordination techniques. - 4.8 Ordination axes as optimal predictors. - 4.9 Ordination diagrams. - 4.10 Two approaches. - 4.11 Testing significance of the relation with explanatory variables. - 4.12 Monte Carlo permutation tests for the significance of regression. - 4.13 Relating two biotic communities. - 4.14 Community composition as a cause: using reverse analysis. - 5.1 Permutation tests: the philosophy. - 5.2 Pseudo-F statistics and significance. - 5.3 Testing individual constrained axes. - 5.4 Tests with spatial or temporal constraints. - 5.5 Tests with hierarchical constraints. - 5.6 Simple versus conditional effects and stepwises election. - 5.7 Variation partitioning. - 5.8 Significance adjustment for multiple tests. - 6 Similarity measures and distance-based methods. - 6.1 Similarity measures for presence-absence data. - 6.2 Similarity measures for quantitative data. - 6.3 Similarity of cases versus similarity of communities. - 6.4 Similarity between species in trait values. - 6.5 Principal coordinates analysis. - 6.6 Constrained principal coordinates analysis (db-RDA). - 6.7 Non-metric multidimensional scaling. - 6.8 Mantel test. - 7.1 Example data set properties. - 7.2 Non-hierarchical classification (K-means clustering). - 7.3 Hierarchical classification. - 7.4 TWINSPAN. - 8 Regression methods. - 8.1 Regression models in general. - 8.2 General linear model: terms. - 8.3 Generalized linear models (GLM). - 8.4 Loess smoother. - 8.5 Generalized additive models (GAM). - 8.6 Mixed-effect models (LMM, GLMM and GAMM). - 8.7 Classification and regression trees (CART). - 8.8 Modelling species response curves with Canoco. - 9 Interpreting community composition with functional traits. - 9.1 Required data. - 9.2 Two approaches in traits - environment studies. - 9.3 Community-based approach. - 9.4 Species-based approach. - 10 Advanced use of ordination. - 10.1 Principal response curves (PRC). - 10.2 Separating spatial variation. - 10.3 Linear discriminant analysis. - 10.4 Hierarchical analysis of community variation. - 10.5 Partitioning diversity indices into alpha and beta components. - 10.6 Predicting community composition. - 11 Visualising multivariate data. - 11.1 Reading ordination diagrams of linear methods. - 11.2 Reading ordination diagrams of unimodal methods. - 11.3 Attribute plots. - 11.4 Visualising classification, groups, and sequences. - 11.5 T-value biplot. - 12 Case study 1: Variation in forest bird assemblages. - 12.1 Unconstrained ordination: portraying variation in bird community. - 12.2 Simple constrained ordination: the effect of altitude on bird community. - 12.3 Partial constrained ordination: additional effect of other habitat characteristics. - 12.4 Separating and testing alpha and beta diversity. - 13 Case study 2: Search for community composition patterns and their environmental correlates: vegetation of spring meadows. - 13.1 Unconstrained ordination. - 13.2 Constrained ordination. - 13.3 Classification. - 13.4 Suggestions for additional analyses. - 13.5 Comparing two communities. - 14 Case study 3: Separating the effects of explanatory variables. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Data. - 14.3 Changes in species richness and composition. - 14.4 Changes in species traits. - 15 Case study 4: Evaluation of experiments in randomised complete blocks. - 15.1 Introduction. - 15.2 Data. - 15.3 Analysis. - 15.4 Calculating ANOVA using constrained ordination. - 16 Case study 5: Analysis of repeated observations of species composition from a factorial experiment. - 16.1 Introduction. - 16.2 Experimental design. - 16.3 Data coding and use. - 16.4 Univariate analyses. - 16.5 Constrained ordinations. - 16.6 Principal response curves. - 16.7 Temporal changes across treatments. - 16.8 Changes in composition of functional traits. - 17 Case study 6: Hierarchical analysis of crayfish community variation. - 17.1 Data and design. - 17.2 Differences among sampling locations. - 17.3 Hierarchical decomposition of community variation. - 18 Case study 7: Analysis of taxonomic data with discriminant analysis and distance-based ordination. - 18.1 Data. - 18.2 Summarising morphological data with PCA. - 18.3 Linear discriminant analysis of morphological data. - 18.4 Principal coordinates analysis of AFLP data. - 18.5 Testing taxon differences in AFLP data using db-RDA. - 18.6 Taking populations into account. - 19 Case study 8: Separating effects of space and environment on oribatid community with PCNM. - 19.1 Ignoring the space. - 19.2 Detecting spatial trends. - 19.3 All-scale spatial variation of community and environment. - 19.4 Variation partitioning with spatial predictors. - 19.5 Visualising spatial variation. - 20 Case study 9: Performing linear regression with redundancy analysis. - 20.1 Data. - 20.2 Linear regression using program R. - 20.3 Linear regression with redundancy analysis. - 20.4 Fitting generalized linear models in Canoco. - Appendix A Glossary. - Appendix B Sample data sets and projects. - Appendix C Access to Canoco and overview of other software. - Appendix D Working with R. - References. - Index to useful tasks in Canoco 5. - Subject index.
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI A6-15-0020
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gives a coherent development of the current understanding of the fluid dynamics of the middle latitude atmosphere. lt is primarily aimed at post-graduate and advanced undergraduate level students and does not assume any previous knowledge of fluid mechanics, meteorology or atmospheric science. The book will be an invaluable resource for any quantitative atmospheric scientist who wishes to increase their understanding of the subject. The importance of the rotation of the Earth and the stable stratification of its atmosphere, with their implications for the balance of larger-scale flows, is highlighted throughout. Clearly structured throughout, the first of three themes deals with the development of the basic equations for an atmosphere on a rotating, spherical planet and discusses scale analyses of these equations. The second theme explores the importance of rotation and introduces vorticity and potential vorticity, as well as turbulence. In the third theme, the concepts developed in the first two themes are used to give an understanding of balanced motion in real atmospheric phenomena. lt starts with quasi-geostrophic theory and moves on to linear and nonlinear theories for mid-latitude weather systems and their fronts. The potential vorticity perspective on weather systems is highlighted with a discussion of the Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing covered in the final chapter.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 408 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780470795194
    Series Statement: Advancing weather and climate science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Series foreword. - Preface. - Select bibliography. - The authors. - 1 Observed flow in the Earth's midlalitudes. - 1.1 Vertical structure. - 1.2 Horizontal structure. - 1.3 Transient activity. - 1.4 Scales of motion. - 1.5 The Norwegian frontal model of cyclones. - Theme 1 Fluid dynamics of the midlatitude atmosphere. - 2 Fluid dynamics in an inertial frame of reference. - 2.1 Definition of fluid. - 2.2 Flow variables and the continuum hypothesis. - 2.3 Kinematics: characterizing fluid flow. - 2.4 Governing physical principles. - 2.5 Lagrangian and Eulerian perspectives. - 2.6 Mass conservation equation. - 2.7 First Law of Thermodynamics. - 2.8 Newton's Second Law of Motion. - 2.9 Bernoulli's Theorem. - 2.10 Heating and water vapour. - 3 Rotating frames of reference. - 3.1 Vectors in a rotating frame of reference. - 3.2 Velocity and Acceleration. - 3.3 The momentum equation in a rotating frame. - 3.4 The centrifugal pseudo-force. - 3.5 The Coriolis pseudo-force. - 3.6 The Taylor-Proudman theorem. - 4 The spherical Earth. - 4.1 Spherical polar coordinates. - 4.2 Scalar equations. - 4.3 The momentum equations. - 4.4 Energy and angular momentum.- 4.5 The shallow atmosphere approximation. - 4.6 The beta effect and the spherical Earth. - 5 Scale analysis and its applications. - 5.1 Principles of scaling methods. - 5.2 The use of a reference atmosphere. - 5.3 The horizontal momentum equations. - 5.4 Natural coordinates, geostrophic and gradient wind balance. - 5.5 Vertical motion. - 5.6 The vertical momentum equation. - 5.7 The mass continuity equation. - 5.8 The thermodynamic energy equation. - 5.9 Scalings for Rossby numbers that are not small. - 6 Alternative vertical coordinates. - 6.1 A general vertical coordinate. - 6.2 Isobaric coordinates. - 6.3 Other pressure-based vertical coordinates. - 6.4 Isentropic coordinates. - 7 Variations of density and the basic equations. - 7.1 Boussinesq approximation. - 7.2 Anelastic approximation. - 7.3 Stratification and gravity waves. - 7.4 Balance, gravity waves and Richardson number. - 7.5 Summary of the basic equation sets. - 7.6 The energy of atmospheric motions. - Theme 2 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8.1 The concept of vorticity. - 8.2 The vorticity equation. - 8.3 The vorticity equation for approximate sets of equations. - 8.4 The solenoidal term. - 8.5 The expansion/contraction term. - 8.6 The stretching and tilting terms. - 8.7 Friction and vorticity. - 8.8 The vorticity equation in alternative vertical coordinates. - 8.9 Circulation. - 9 Vorticity and the barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.1 The barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.2 Poisson's equation and vortex interactions. - 9.3 Flow over a shallow hill. - 9.4 Ekman pumping. - 9.5 Rossby waves and the beta plane. - 9.6 Rossby group velocity. - 9.7 Rossby ray tracing. - 9.8 Inflexion point instability. - 10 Potential vorticity. - 10.1 Potential vorticity. - 10.2 Alternative derivations of Ertel's theorem. - 10.3 The principle of invertibility. - 10.4 Shallow water equation potential vorticity. - 11 Turbulence and atmospheric flow. - 11.1 The Reynolds number . - 11.2 Three-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.3 Two-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.4 Vertical mixing in a stratified fluid. - 11.5 Reynolds stresses. - Theme 3 Balance in atmospheric flow. - 12 Quasi-geostrophic flows. - 12.1 Wind and temperature in balanced flows. - 12.2 The quasi-geostrophic approximation. - 12.3 Quasi-geostrophic potential vorticity. - 12.4 Ertel and quasi-geostrophic potential vorticities. - 13 The omega equation. - 13.1 Vorticity and thermal advection form. - 13.2 Sutcliffe Form. - 13.3 Q-vector form. - 13.4 Ageostrophic flow and the maintenance of balance. - 13.5 Balance and initialization. - 14 Linear theories of baroclinic instability. - 14.1 Qualitative discussion. - 14.2 Stability analysis of a zonal flow. - 14.3 Rossby wave interpretation of the stability conditions. - 14.4 The Eady model. - 14.5 The Charney and other quasi-geostrophic models. - 14.6 More realistic basic states. - 14.7 Initial value problem. - 15 Frontogenesis. - 15.1 Frontal scales. - 15.2 Ageostrophic circulation. - 15.3 Description of frontal collapse. - 15.4 The semi-geostrophic Eady model. - 15.5 The confluence model. - 15.6 Upper-level frontogenesis. - 16 The nonlinear development of baroclinic waves. - 16.1 The nonlinear domain. - 16.2 Semi-geostrophic baroclinic waves. - 16.3 Nonlinear baroclinic waves on realistic jetson the sphere. - 16.4 Eddy transports and zonal mean flow changes. - 16.5 Energetics of baroclinic waves. - 17 The potential vorticity perspective. - 17.1 Setting the scene. - 17.2 Potential vorticity and vertical velocity. - 17.3 Life cycles of some baroclinic waves. - 17.4 Alternative perspectives. - 17.5 Midlatitude blocking. - 17.6 Frictional and heating effects. - 18 Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing. - 18.1 Rossby wave propagation. - 18.2 Propagation of Rossby waves into the stratosphere. - 18.3 Propagation through a slowly varying medium. - 18.4 The Eliassen-Palm flux and group velocity. - 18.5 Baroclinic life cycles and Rossby waves. - 18.6 Variations of amplitude. - 18.7 Rossby waves and potential vorticity steps. - 18.8 Potential vorticity steps and the Rhines scale. - Appendices. - Appendix A: Notation. - Appendix B: Revision of vectors and vector calculus. - B.1 Vectors and their algebra. - B.2 Products of vectors. - B.3 Scalar fields and the grad operator. - B.4 The divergence and curl operators. - B.5 Gauss' and Stokes' theorems. - B.6 Some useful vector identities. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI A11-15-89031
    Description / Table of Contents: Thermodynamics, Kinetics and Microphysics of Clouds presents a unified theoretical foundation that provides the basis for incorporating cloud microphysical processes in cloud and climate models. In particular, the book provides: • a theoretical basis for understanding the processes of cloud particle formation, evolution and precipitation, with emphasis on spectral cloud microphysics based on numerical and analytical solutions of the kinetic equations for the drop and crystal size spectra along with the supersaturation equation; • the latest detailed theories and parameterizations of drop and crystal nucleation suitable for cloud and climate models derived from the general principles of thermodynamics and kinetics; • a platform for advanced parameterization of clouds in weather prediction and climate models; • the scientific foundation for weather and climate modification by cloud seeding. This book will be invaluable for researchers and advanced students engaged in cloud and aerosol physics, and air pollution and climate research.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 782 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-1-107-01603-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1. Relations among Thermodynamics, Kinetics, and Cloud Microphysics. - 1.2. The Correspondence Principle. - 1.3. Structure of the Book. - 2. Clouds and Their Properties. - 2.1. Cloud Classification. - 2.2. Cloud Regimes and Global Cloud Distribution. - 2.2.1. Large-Scale Condensation in Fronts and Cyclones. - 2.2.2. Sc-St Clouds and Types of Cloud-Topped Boundary Layer. - 2.2.3. Convective Cloudiness in the Intertropical Convergence Zone. - 2.2.4. Orographic Cloudiness. - 2.3. Cloud Microphysical Properties. - 2.4. Size Spectra and Moments. - 2.4.1. Inverse Power Laws. - 2.4.2. Lognormal Distributions. - 2.4.3. Algebraic Distributions. - 2.4.4. Gamma Distributions. - 2.5. Cloud Optical Properties. - Appendix A.2. Evaluation of the Integrals with Lognormal Distribution. - 3. Thermodynamic Relations. - 3.1. Thermodynamic Potentials. - 3.2. Statistical Energy Distributions. - 3.2.1. The Gibbs Distribution. - 3.2.2. The Maxwell Distribution. - 3.2.3. The Boltzmann Distribution. - 3.2.4. Bose–Einstein Statistics. - 3.2.5. Fermi–Dirac Statistics. - 3.3. Phase Rules. - 3.3.1. Bulk Phases. - 3.3.2. Systems with Curved Interfaces. - 3.4. Free Energy and Equations of State. - 3.4.1. An Ideal Gas. - 3.4.2. Free Energy and the van der Waals Equation of State for a Non-Ideal Gas. - 3.5. Thermodynamics of Solutions. - 3.6. General Phase Equilibrium Equation for Solutions. - 3.6.1. General Equilibrium Equation. - 3.6.2. The Gibbs–Duhem Relation. - 3.7. The Clausius–Clapeyron Equation. - 3.7.1. Equilibrium between Liquid and Ice Bulk Phases. - 3.7.2. Equilibrium of a Pure Water Drop with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.3. Equilibrium of an Ice Crystal with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.4. Humidity Variables. - 3.8. Phase Equilibrium for a Curved Interface - The Kelvin Equation. - 3.9. Solution Effects and the Köhler Equation. - 3.10. Thermodynamic Properties of Gas Mixtures and Solutions. - 3.10.1. Partial Gas Pressures in a Mixture of Gases. - 3.10.2. Equilibrium of Two Bulk Phases around a Phase Transition Point. - 3.10.3. Raoult’s Law for Solutions. - 3.10.4. Freezing Point Depression and Boiling Point Elevation. - 3.10.5. Relation of Water Activity and Freezing Point Depression. - 3.11. A diabatic Processes. - 3.11.1. Dry Adiabatic Processes. - 3.11.2. Wet Adiabatic Processes. - Appendix A.3. Calculation of Integrals with the Maxwell Distribution. - 4. Properties of Water and Aqueous Solutions. - 4.1. Properties of Water at Low Temperatures and High Pressures. - 4.1.1. Forms of Water at Low Temperatures. - 4.1.2. Forms of Water at High Pressures. - 4.2. Theories of Water. - 4.3. Temperature Ranges in Clouds and Equivalence of Pressure and Solution Effects. - 4.4. Parameterizations of Water and Ice Thermodynamic Properties. - 4.4.1. Saturated Vapor Pressures. - 4.4.2. Heat Capacity of Water and Ice. - 4.4.3. Latent Heats of Phase Transitions. - 4.4.4. Surface Tension between Water and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.5. Surface Tension between Ice and Water or Solutions. - 4.4.6. Surface Tension between Ice and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.7 Density of Water. - 4.4.8. Density of Ice. - 4.5. Heat Capacity and Einstein-Debye Thermodynamic Equations of State for Ice. - 4.6. Equations of State for Ice in Terms of Gibbs Free Energy. - 4.7. Generalized Equations of State for Fluid Water. - 4.7.1. Equations of the van der Waals Type and in Terms of Helmholtz Free Energy. - 4.7.2. Equations of State Based on the Concept of the Second Critical Point. - Appendix A.4. Relations among Various Pressure Units. - 5. Diffusion and Coagulation Growth of Drops and Crystals. - 5.1. Diffusional Growth of Individual Drops. - 5.1.1. Diffusional Growth Regime. - 5.1.2. The Kinetic Regime and Kinetic Corrections to the Growth Rate. - 5.1.3. Psychrometric Correction Due to Latent Heat Release. - 5.1.4. Radius Growth Rate. - 5.1.5. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.2. Diffusional Growth of Crystals. - 5.2.1. Mass Growth Rates. - 5.2.2. Axial Growth Rates. - 5.2.3. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.3. Equations for Water and Ice Supersaturations. - 5.3.1. General Form of Equations for Fractional Water Supersaturation. - 5.3.2. Supersaturation Relaxation Times and Their Limits. - 5.3.3. E quation for Water Supersaturation in Terms of Relaxation Times. - 5.3.4. Equivalence of Various Forms of Supersaturation Equations. - 5.3.5. Equation for Fractional Ice Supersaturation. - 5.3.6. Equilibrium Supersaturations over Water and Ice. - Liquid Clouds. - Ice Clouds. - Mixed Phase Clouds. - 5.3.7. A diabatic Lapse Rates with Non zero Supersaturations. - 5.4. The Wegener–Bergeron–Findeisen Process and Cloud Crystallization. - 5.5. Kinetic Equations of Condensation and Deposition in the Adiabatic Process. - 5.5.1. Derivation of the Kinetic Equations. - 5.5.2. Some Properties of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.3. Analytical Solution of the Kinetic Equations of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.4. Equation for the Integral Supersaturation. - 5.6. Kinetic Equations of Coagulation. - 5.6.1. Various Forms of the Coagulation Equation. - 5.6.2. Collection Kernels for Various Coagulation Processes. - Brownian Coagulation. - Gravitational Coagulation. - 5.7. Thermodynamic and Kinetic Equations for Multidimensional Models. - 5.8. Fast Algorithms for Microphysics Modules in Multidimensional Models. - 6. Wet Aerosol Processes. - 6.1. Introduction. - 6.1.1. Empirical Parameterizations of Hygroscopic Growth. - 6.1.2. Empirical Parameterizations of Droplet Activation. - 6.2. Equilibrium Radii. - 6.2.1. Equilibrium Radii at Subsaturation. - 6.2.2. Equilibrium Radii of Interstitial Aerosol in a Cloud. - 6.3. Critical Radius and Supersaturation. - 6.4. Aerosol Size Spectra. - 6.4.1. Lognormal and Inverse Power Law Size Spectra. - 6.4.2. Approximation of the Lognormal Size Spectra by the Inverse Power Law. - 6.4.3. Examples of the Lognormal Size Spectra, Inverse Power Law, and Power Indices. - 6.4.4. Algebraic Approximation of the Lognormal Distribution. - 6.5. Transformation of the Size Spectra of Wet Aerosol at Varying Humidity. - 6.5.1. Arbitrary Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.2. Lognormal Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.3. Inverse Power Law Spectrum. - 6.5.4. Algebraic Size Spectra. - 6.6. CCN Differential Supersaturation Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.1. A rbitrary Dry Aerosol Size Spectrum. - 6.6.2. Lognormal Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.3. Algebraic Activity Spectrum. - 6.7. Droplet Concentration and the Modified Power Law for Drops Activation. - 6.7.1. Lognormal and Algebraic CCN Spectra. - 6.7.2. Modified Power Law for the Drop Concentration. - 6.7.3. Supersaturation Dependence of Power Law Parameters. - Appendix A.6. Solutions of Cubic Equations for Equilibrium and Critical Radii. - 7. Activation of Cloud Condensation Nuclei into Cloud Drops. - 7.1. Introduction. - 7.2. Integral Supersaturation in Liquid Clouds with Drop Activation. - 7.3. Analytical Solutions to the Supersaturation Equation. - 7.4. Analytical Solutions for the Activation Time, Maximum Supersaturation, and Drop Concentration. - 7.5. Calculations of CCN Activation Kinetics. - 7.6. Four Analytical Limits of Solution. - 7.7. Limit #1: Small Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.7.1. Lower Bound. - 7.7.2. Upper Bound. - 7.7.3. Comparison with Twomey’s Power Law. - 7.8. Limit #2: Small Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.8.1. Lower Bound. - 7.8.2. Upper Bound. - 7.9. Limit #3: Large Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.9.1. Lower Bound. - 7.9.2. Upper Bound. - 7.10. Limit #4: Large Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.10.1. Lower Bound. - 7.10.2. Upper Bound. - 7.11. Interpolation Equations and Comparison with Exact Solutions. - Appendix A.7. Evaluation of the Integrals J2 and J3 for Four Limiting Cases. - 8. Homogeneous Nucleation. - 8.1. Metastable States and Nucleation of a New Phase. - 8.2. Nucleation Rates for Condensation and Deposition. - 8.2.1. Application of Boltzmann Statistics. - 8.2.2. The Fokker–Planck
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91738
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 716 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 9780123877826
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgments. - 1. Data Acquisition and Recording. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Basic Sampling Requirements. - 1.3 Temperature. - 1.4 Salinity. - 1.5 Depth or Pressure. - 1.6 Sea-Level Measurement. - 1.7 Eulerian Currents. - 1.8 Lagrangian Current Measurements. - 1.9 Wind. - 1.10 Precipitation. - 1.11 Chemical Tracers. - 1.12 Transient Chemical Tracers. - 2. Data Processing and Presentation. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Calibration. - 2.3 Interpolation. - 2.4 Data Presentation. - 3. Statistical Methods and Error Handling. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Sample Distributions. - 3.3 Probability. - 3.4 Moments and Expected Values. - 3.5 Common PDFs. - 3.6 Central Limit Theorem. - 3.7 Estimation. - 3.8 Confidence Intervals. - 3.9 Selecting the Sample Size. - 3.10 Confidence Intervals for Altimeter-Bias Estimates. - 3.11 Estimation Methods. - 3.12 Linear Estimation (Regression). - 3.13 Relationship between Regression and Correlation. - 3.14 Hypothesis Testing. - 3.15 Effective Degrees of Freedom. - 3.16 Editing and Despiking Techniques: The Nature of Errors. - 3.17 Interpolation: Filling the Data Gaps. - 3.18 Covariance and the Covariance Matrix. - 3.19 The Bootstrap and Jackknife Methods. - 4. The Spatial Analyses of Data Fields. - 4.1 Traditional Block and Bulk Averaging. - 4.2 Objective Analysis. - 4.3 Kriging. - 4.4 Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.5 Extended Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.6 Cyclostationary EOFs. - 4.7 Factor Analysis. - 4.8 Normal Mode Analysis. - 4.9 Self Organizing Maps. - 4.10 Kalman Filters. - 4.11 Mixed Layer Depth Estimation. - 4.12 Inverse Methods. - 5. Time Series Analysis Methods. - 5.1 Basic Concepts. - 5.2 Stochastic Processes and Stationarity. - 5.3 Correlation Functions. - 5.4 Spectral Analysis. - 5.5 Spectral Analysis (Parametric Methods). - 5.6 Cross-Spectral Analysis. - 5.7 Wavelet Analysis. - 5.8 Fourier Analysis. - 5.9 Harmonic Analysis. - 5.10 Regime Shift Detection. - 5.11 Vector Regression. - 5.12 Fractals. - 6. Digital Filters. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Basic Concepts. - 6.3 Ideal Filters. - 6.4 Design of Oceanographic Filters. - 6.5 Running-Mean Filters. - 6.6 Godin-Type Filters. - 6.7 Lanczos-window Cosine Filters. - 6.8 Butterworth Filters. - 6.9 Kaiser-Bessel Filters. - 6.10 Frequency-Domain (Transform) Filtering. - References. - Appendix A: Units in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix B: Glossary of Statistical Terminology. - Appendix C: Means, Variances and Moment,Generating Functions for Some Common Continuous Variables. - Appendix D: Statistical Tables. - Appendix E: Correlation Coefficients at the 5% and 1% Levels of Significance for Various Degrees of Freedom v. - Appendix F: Approximations and Nondimensional Numbers in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix G: Convolution. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: AWI A13-19-92242
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Dynamik der Atmosphäre der Erde umfasst einen Bereich von mikrophysikalischer Turbulenz über konvektive Prozesse und Wolkenbildung bis zu planetaren Wellenmustern. Für Wettervorhersage und zur Betrachtung des Klimas über Jahrzehnte und Jahrhunderte ist diese Gegenstand der Modellierung mit numerischen Verfahren. Mit voranschreitender Entwicklung der Rechentechnik sind Neuentwicklungen der dynamischen Kerne von Klimamodellen, die mit der feiner werdenden Auflösung auch entsprechende Prozesse auflösen können, notwendig. Der dynamische Kern eines Modells besteht in der Umsetzung (Diskretisierung) der grundlegenden dynamischen Gleichungen für die Entwicklung von Masse, Energie und Impuls, so dass sie mit Computern numerisch gelöst werden können. Die vorliegende Arbeit untersucht die Eignung eines unstetigen Galerkin-Verfahrens niedriger Ordnung für atmosphärische Anwendungen. Diese Eignung für Gleichungen mit Wirkungen von externen Kräften wie Erdanziehungskraft und Corioliskraft ist aus der Theorie nicht selbstverständlich. Es werden nötige Anpassungen beschrieben, die das Verfahren stabilisieren, ohne sogenannte „slope limiter” einzusetzen. Für das unmodifizierte Verfahren wird belegt, dass es nicht geeignet ist, atmosphärische Gleichgewichte stabil darzustellen. Das entwickelte stabilisierte Modell reproduziert eine Reihe von Standard-Testfällen der atmosphärischen Dynamik mit Euler- und Flachwassergleichungen in einem weiten Bereich von räumlichen und zeitlichen Skalen. Die Lösung der thermischen Windgleichung entlang der mit den Isobaren identischen charakteristischen Kurven liefert atmosphärische Gleichgewichtszustände mit durch vorgegebenem Grundstrom einstellbarer Neigung zu(barotropen und baroklinen)Instabilitäten, die für die Entwicklung von Zyklonen wesentlich sind. Im Gegensatz zu früheren Arbeiten sind diese Zustände direkt im z-System(Höhe in Metern)definiert und müssen nicht aus Druckkoordinaten übertragen werden.Mit diesen Zuständen, sowohl als Referenzzustand, von dem lediglich die Abweichungen numerisch betrachtet werden, und insbesondere auch als Startzustand, der einer kleinen Störung unterliegt, werden verschiedene Studien der Simulation von barotroper und barokliner Instabilität durchgeführt. Hervorzuheben ist dabei die durch die Formulierung von Grundströmen mit einstellbarer Baroklinität ermöglichte simulationsgestützte Studie des Grades der baroklinen Instabilität verschiedener Wellenlängen in Abhängigkeit von statischer Stabilität und vertikalem Windgradient als Entsprechung zu Stabilitätskarten aus theoretischen Betrachtungen in der Literatu
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: v, 160 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Einleitung. - 2. Atmosphärische Gleichungssysteme. - 2.1. Zur Notation. - 2.2. Geometrie im β-Kanal. - 2.3. Gleichungen in Flussform. - 2.4. Euler-Gleichungen. - 2.4.1. Energiegleichung. - 2.4.2. Bewegungsgleichungen. - 2.4.3. Flussform des gesamten Gleichungssystems. - 2.4.4. Schallgeschwindigkeit. - 2.4.5. Druck und Energie. - 2.4.6. Energie als Erhaltungsvariable. - 2.5. Euler-Gleichungen mit Referenzfeld. - 2.6. Linearisierte Euler-Gleichungen. - 2.7. Flachwassergleichungen. - 2.8. Flachwasseräquivalente Dynamik mit Euler-Gleichungen. - 3. Unstetiges Galerkin-Verfahren. - 3.1. Räumliche Diskretisierung. - 3.1.1. Integralform und numerischer Fluss. - 3.1.2. Koeffizientendarstellung der Gleichungen. - 3.1.3. Koordinatentransformation mit Orographie. - 3.1.4. Quadratur. - 3.1.5. Basisfunktionen im Rechteckgitter. - 3.1.6. Diskretisierung von analytischen Anfangsbedingungen. - 3.2. Zeitliche Diskretisierung. - 3.2.1. Expliziter Zeitschritt. - 3.2.2. Semi-impliziter Zeitschritt. - 3.2.3. Skalierung von Einheiten. - 3.2.4. Zeitschrittbestimmung. - 3.3. Randbedingungen. - 3.3.1. Periodische Randbedingungen. - 3.3.2. Reflektive Randbedingungen. - 3.3.3. Spezifische Randbedingungen für Euler-Gleichungen. - 3.3.4. Absorptionsschicht. - 3.4. Diffusion. - 4. Atmosphärische Gleichgewichtszustände. - 4.1. Anforderungen an stationäre Zustände. - 4.1.1. Verschwindende Advektion von Masse und potentieller Temperatur. - 4.1.2. Stationäre Impulsgleichung. - 4.2. Wind ohne Corioliskraft. - 4.3. Geostrophischer Wind. - 4.4. Vorgegebener Grundstrom mit einstellbarer Baroklinität. - 4.4.1. Lösungsalgorithmus. - 4.4.2. Zulässige Windfelder und ihre Definition außerhalb des Modellgebietes. - 4.4.3. Spezialfall konstanten thermischen Windes. - 4.5. Barotroper Grundstrom als analytischer Spezialfall. - 4.6. Charakterisierung der Baroklinität. - 4.7. Geostrophischer Zustand für Flachwassergleichungen. - 5. Numerische Stabilität von Gleichgewichtszuständen und Erhaltungseigenschaften. - 5.1. Polynomiale Balancierung des DG-Verfahrens. - 5.1.1. Ausgangssituation („low0bal0“). - 5.1.2. Isotrope Reduktion des Polynomgrades der Quellterme („low1bal0“). - 5.1.3. Isotrope Polynomgradreduktion von Quelltermen sowie Projektion der Flussfunktion („low1bal1“). - 5.1.4. Volle Balancierung mit selektiver Polynomgradreduktion und Projektion der Flussfunktion („low2bal1“). - 5.2. Konvergenz. - 5.3. Langzeitstabilität und Erhaltungseigenschaften. - 6. Atmosphärische Testfälle. - 6.1. Aufsteigende warme Blase. - 6.2. Schwerewellen. - 6.3. Bergüberströmung. - 6.4. Barotrope Instabilität. - 7. Atmosphärische Instabilitäten in mittleren Breiten. - 7.1. Barotrope Instabilität mit Euler-Gleichungen in 2D und 3D. - 7.1.1. Wavelet-Spektrum. - 7.2. Barokline Instabilität in Abhängigkeit von statischer Stabilität und thermischem Wind. - 7.2.1. Einfluss der statischen Stabilität. - 7.2.2. Einfluss der vertikalen Diskretisierung. - 7.3. Entstehung zyklonaler Wirbel aus baroklin instabilem Grundstrom. - 7.3.1. Konfiguration. - 7.3.2. Entwicklung von Impulsdifferenz. - 7.3.3. Vorticity im Horizontalschnitt. - 7.3.4. Globale Charakterisierung . - 7.4. Langzeitentwicklung aus baroklinen Zuständen. - 7.4.1. Konfiguration. - 7.4.2. Entwicklung von Impulsdifferenz und Energie. - 7.4.3. Vorticity im Horizontalschnitt. - 7.4.4 Globale Charakterisierung. - 7.4.5. Wavelet-Spektrum. - 7.4.6. Zonales Mittel. - 8. Zusammenfassung und Ausblick. - A. Mathematische Aspekte. - A.1. Profilfunktionen. - A.2. Differenzen und Normen. - A.3. Wavelet-Analyse. - A.4. Darstellung aus der Diskretisierung. - A.5. Erhaltungseigenschaften mit Quadratur. - B. Details zu Euler-Gleichungen. - B.1. Vertikale Linearisierung der Euler-Gleichungen für Präkonditionierer des semi-impliziten Zeitschrittes. - B.1.1. Vertikales lineares Gleichungssystem. - B.1.2. Diskretisierung und Matrizen. - B.1.3. Implizites Gleichungssystem. - B.2. Zustände im hydrostatischen Gleichgewicht. - B.2.1. Isotherm. - B.2.2. Polytrop. - B.2.3. Isentrop. - B.2.4. Mehrfach polytrop. - B.2.5. Uniform geschichtet. - B.3. Barokliner Zustand imp-System. - C. Zusätzliche Simulationsdaten. - C.1. Stabilitätskarten zu baroklinen Langzeitsimulationen. - C.2. Wirbelentstehung nahe Oberrand. - C.3. Zusätzliche Horizontalschnitte des baroklinen Langzeitlaufes. - D. Implementierung: Programmpaket Polyflux. - E. Korrekturen zur Veröffentlichung. - Mathematische Definitionen. - Abkürzungen und Begriffe. - Literatur.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: AWI S6-21-94459
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 42 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Stand: März 2014
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93993
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: III, 127 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2014 , Table of contents I - Abstract II - Zusammenfassung Chapter 1 - Introduction 1.1. Introduction 1.1.1 Motivation 1.1.2 Organisation of thesis 1.1 Scientific background 1.2.1 Arctic and wetland bryophytes 1.2.2 Bryophyte remains as palaeo-environmental indicators 1.2.3 Regional setting 1.3 Objectives ofthe thesis 1.4 Overview of the manuscripts 1.5 Contribution of the authors Chapter 2 - Manuscript #1 Abstract 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Geographic setting 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Fieldwork 2.3.2 Radiocarbon dating 2.3.3 Geochemical, stable carbon isotope, and granulometric analyses 2.3.4 Analyses of moss remains and vascular plant macrofossils 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Diatom analysis 2.3.7 Statistical analysis 2.4 Results 2.4.1 High-resolution spatial characteristics oft the investigated polygon and vegetation pattern 2.4.2 Geochronology and age-depth relationships 2.4.3 General properties of the sedimentary fill 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization oftwo different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #11 Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential ofvascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization of two different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #II Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential of vascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 - Manuscript #3 Abstract 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Material and methods 4.2.1 Sites 4.2.2 Sampling 4.2.3 Investigated moss species 4.2.4 Measurements 4.2.5 Statistical Tests 4.3 Results 4.4 Discussion Chapter 5 - Discussion 5.1 Bryophytes of polygonal landscapes in Siberia 5.1.1 Modern bryophytes in the Siberian Arctic 5.1.2 Biochemical and isotopic characteristics of mosses 5.1.3 Reliability and potential of fossil bryophyte remains as palaeoproxies 5.2 Dynamics of low-centred polygons during the late Holocene 5.3 Outlook Appendix I - Preliminary Report Motivation Material and methods Results and first interpretation Appendix II Additional tables and figures of manuscript #1 Appendix III Additional figures of manuscript #2 Appendix IV - Quantitative approach of Standard Moss Stem (SMS3) Bibliography Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: 9781630810504 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1.014 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781630810504 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Photo Credits Computer Codes 1 Introduction 1-1 Why Microwaves for Remote Sensing? 1-2 A Brief Overview of Microwave Sensors 1-3 A Short History of Microwave Remote Sensing 1-3.1 Radar 1-3.2 Radiometers 1-4 The Electromagnetic Spectrum 1-5 Basic Operation and Applications of Radar 1-5.1 Operation of Remote-Sensing Radars 1-5.2 Applications of Remote-Sensing Radars 1-6 Basic Operation and Applications of Radiometers 1-6.1 Radiometer Operation 1-6.2 Applications of Microwave Radiometry 1-7 Image Examples 2 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation 2-1 EM Plane Waves 2-1.1 Constitutive Parameters 2-1.2 Maxwell's Equations 2-1.3 Complex Permittivity 2-1.4 Wave Equations 2-2 Plane-Wave Propagation in Lossless Media 2-2.1 Uniform Plane Waves 2-2.2 General Relation between E and H 2-3 Wave Polarization in a Lossless Medium 2-3.1 Linear Polarization 2-3.2 Circular Polarization 2-3.3 Elliptical Polarization 2-4 Plane Wave Propagation in Lossy Media 2-4.1 Low Loss Dielectric 2-4.2 Good Conductor 2-5 Electromagnetic Power Density 2-5.1 Plane Wave in a Lossless Medium 2-5.2 Plane Wave in a Lossy Medium 2-5.3 Decibel Scale tor Power Ratios 2-6 Wave Reflection and Transmission at Normal Incidence 2-6.1 Boundary between Lossless Media 2-6.2 Boundary between Lossy Media 2-7 Wave Reflection and Transmission at Oblique Incidence 2-7.1 Horizontal Polarization—Lossless Media 2-7.2 Vertical Polarization 2-8 Reflectivity and Transmissivity 2-9 Oblique Incidence onto a Lossy Medium 2- 10 Oblique Incidence onto a Two-Layer Composite 2-10.1 Input Parameters 2-10.2 Propagation Matrix Method 2-10.3 Multiple Reflection Method 3 Remote-Sensing Antennas 3-1 The Hertzian Dipole 3-2 Antenna Radiation Characteristics 3-2.1 Antenna Pattern 3-2.2 Beam Dimensions 3-2.3 Antenna Directivity 3-2.4 Antenna Gain 3-2.5 Radiation Efficiency 3-2.6 Effective Area of a Receiving Antenna 3-3 Friis Transmission Formula 3-4 Radiation by Large-Aperture Antennas 3-5 Rectangular Aperture with Uniform Field Distribution 3-5.1 Antenna Pattern in x-y Plane 3-5.2 Beamwidth 3-5.3 Directivity and Effective Area 3-6 Circular Aperture with Uniform Field Illumination 3-7 Nonuniform-Amplitude Illumination 3-8 Beam Efficiency 3-9 Antenna Arrays 3-10 N-Element Array with Uniform Phase Distribution 3-10.1 Uniform Amplitude Distribution 3-10.2 Grating Lobes 3-10.3 Binomial Distribution 3-11 Electronic Scanning of Arrays 3-12 Antenna Types 3-12.1 Horn Antennas 3-12.2 Slot Antennas 3-12.3 Microstrip Antennas 3-13 Active Antennas 3-13.1 Advantages of Active Antennas 3-13.2 Digital Beamforming with Active Antennas 4 Microwave Dielectric Properties of Natural Earth Materials 4-1 Pure-Water Single-Debye Dielectric Model (f 〈 50 GHz) 4-2 Saline-Water Double-Debye Dielectric Model (f〈 1000 GHz) 4-3 Dielectric Constant of Pure Ice 4-4 Dielectric Mixing Models for Heterogeneous Materials 4-4.1 Randomly Oriented Ellipsoidal Inclusions 4-4.2 Polder-van Santen/de Loor Formulas 4-4.3 Tinga-Voss-Blossey (TVB) Formulas 4-4.4 Other Dielectric Mixing Formulas 4-5 Sea Ice 4-5.1 Dielectric Constant of Brine 4-5.2 Brine Volume Fraction 4-5.3 Dielectric Properties 4-6 Dielectric Constant of Snow 4-6.1 Dry Snow 4-6.2 Wet Snow 4-7 Dielectric Constant of Dry Rocks 4-7.1 Powdered Rocks 4-7.2 Solid Rocks 4-8 Dielectric Constant of Soils 4-8.1 Dry Soil 4-8.2 Wet Soil 4-8.3 εsoil in 0.3-1.5 GHz Band 4-9 Dielectric Constant of Vegetation 4-9.1 Dielectric Constant of Canopy Constituents 4-9.2 Dielectric Model 5 Radar Scattering 5-1 Wave Polarization in a Spherical Coordinate System 5-2 Scattering Coordinate Systems 5-2.1 Forward Scattering Alignment (FSA) Convention 5-2.2 Backscatter Alignment (BSA) Convention 5-3 Scattering Matrix 5-3.1 FSA Convention 5-3.2 BSA Convention 5-3.3 Stokes Parameters and Mueller Matrix 5-4 Radar Equation 5-5 Scattering from Distributed Targets 5-5.1 Narrow-Beam Scatterometer 5-5.2 Imaging Radar 5-5.3 Specific Intensities for Distributed Target 5-6 RCS Statistics 5-7 Rayleigh Fading Model 5-7.1 Underlying Assumptions 5-7.2 Linear Detection 5-7.3 Square-Law Detection 5-7.4 Interpretation 5-8 Multiple Independent Samples 5-8.1 N-Look Amplitude Image 5-8.2 N-Look Intensity Image 5-8.3 N-Look Square-Root Intensity Image 5-8.4 Spatial Resolution vs. Radiometric Resolution 5-8.5 Applicability of the Rayleigh Fading Model 5-9 Image Texture and Despeckle Filtering . 5-9.1 Image Texture 5-9.2 Despeckling Filters 5-10 Coherent and Noncoherent Scattering 5-10.1 Surface Roughness 5-10.2 Bistatic Scattering 5-10.3 Specular Reflectivity 5-10.4 Bistatic-Scattering Coefficient 5-10.5 Backscattering Response of a Smooth Surface 5-11 Polarization Synthesis 5-11.1 RCS Polarization Response 5-11.2 Distributed Targets 5-11.3 Mueller Matrix Approach 5-12 Polarimetric Scattering Statistics 5-13 Polarimetric Analysis Tools 5-13.1 Scattering Covariance Matrix 5-13.2 Eigenvector Decomposition 5-13.3 Useful Polarimetric Parameters 5-13.4 Image Examples 5-13.5 Freeman-Durden Decomposition 6 Microwave Radiometry and Radiative Transfer 6-1 Radiometric Quantities 6-2 Thermal Radiation 6-2.1 Quantum Theory of Radiation 6-2.2 Planck's Blackbody Radiation Law 6-2.3 The Rayleigh-Jeans Law 6-3 Power-Temperature Correspondence 6-4 Radiation by Natural Materials 6-4.1 Brightness Temperature 6-4.2 Brightness Temperature Distribution 6-4.3 Antenna Temperature 6-5 Antenna Efficiency Considerations 6-5.1 Beam Efficiency 6-5.2 Radiation Efficiency 6-5.3 Radiometer Measurement Ambiguity 6-6 Theory of Radiative Transfer 6-6.1 Equation of Radiative Transfer 6-6.2 Brightness-Temperature Equation 6-6.3 Brightness Temperature of a Stratified Medium 6-6.4 Brightness Temperature of a Scatter-Free Medium 6-6.5 Upwelling and Downwelling Atmospheric Brightness Temperatures 6-7 Terrain Brightness Temperature 6-7.1 Brightness Transmission Across a Specular Boundary 6-7.2 Emission by a Specular Surface 6-7.3 Emissivity of a Rough Surface 6-7.4 Extreme Surface Conditions 6-7.5 Emissivity of a Two-Layer Composite 6-8 Downward-Looking Satellite Radiometer 6-9 Polarimetric Radiometry 6-10 Stokes Parameters and Periodic Structures 7 Microwave Radiometric Systems 7-1 Equivalent Noise Temperature 7-2 Characterization of Noise 7-2.1 Noise Figure 7-2.2 Equivalent Input Noise Temperature 7-2.3 Noise Temperature of a Cascaded System 7-2.4 Noise Temperature of a Lossy Two-Port Device 7-3 Receiver and System Noise Temperatures 7-3.1 Receiver Alone 7-3.2 Total System Including Antenna 7-4 Radiometer Operation 7-4.1 Measurement Accuracy 7-4.2 Total-Power Radiometer 7-4.3 Radiometric Resolution 7-5 Effects of Receiver Gain Variations 7-6 Dicke Radiometer 7-7 Balancing Techniques 7-7.1 Reference-Channel Control Method 7-7.2 Antenna-Channel Noise-Injection Method 7-7.3 Pulsed Noise-Injection Method 7-7.4 Gain-Modulation Method 7-8 Automatic-Gain-Control (AGC) Techniques 7-9 Noise-Adding Radiometer 7-10 Summary of Radiometer Properties 7-11 Radiometer Calibration Techniques 7-11.1 Receiver Calibration 7-11.2 Calibration Sources 7-11.3 Effects of Impedance Mismatches 7-11.4 Antenna Calibration 7-11.5 Cryoload Technique 7-11.6 Bucket Technique 7-12 Imaging Considerations 7-12.1 Scanning Configurations 7-12.2 Radiometer Uncertainty Principle 7-13 Interferometric Aperture Synthesis 7-13.1 Image Reconstruction 7-13.2 MIR Radiometric Sensitivity 7-14 Polarimetric Radiometer 7-14.1 Coherent Detection 7-14.2 Incoherent Detection 7-15 Calibration of Polarimetric Radiometers 7-15.1 Forward Model for a Fully Polarimetric Radiometer 7-15.2 Forward Model for the Polarimetric Calibration Source 7-15.3 Calibration by Inversion of the Forward Models 7-16 Digital Radiometers 8 Microwave Interaction with Atmospheric Constituents 8-1 Standard Atmosphere 8-1.1 Atmospheric Composition 8-1.2 Temperature Profile 8-1.3 Density Profile 8-1.4 Pressure Profi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Nordeuropa-Inst. der Humboldt-Univ.
    Call number: AWI P5-17-91081
    Description / Table of Contents: Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands have in common their history as Danish dependencies within a historically and geographically coherent region. The complex aftermaths of Denmark's sovereignty over its North Atlantic territories and their ongoing nation building processes lie at the core of this book. Today, we are witnessing region building processes beyond bilateral links to Denmark. How do the countries position themselves, individually and collectively, vis-à-vis the European metropolitan centres, a larger transcontinental North Atlantic region, the "hot" Arctic, and global histories of colonialism and decolonisation? By examining the region from cultural, literary, historical, political, anthropological and linguistic perspectives, the articles in this book shed light on Nordic colonialism and its understanding as "exceptional", and challenge and modify established notions of postcolonialism. Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands are shown to be both the (former) subjects as well as the producers of cultural hierarchisations in an entangled world.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 422 S.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783932406355
    Series Statement: Berliner Beiträge zur Skandinavistik 20
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book described the current status and possible future changes of the thermokarst (thaw) lakes of western Siberia as dominant forms of landscape and regulators of greenhouse gas exchange within the atmosphere. Thawing permafrost and resulting microbial decomposition of previously frozen organic carbon is one of the most significant terrestrial ecosystem positive feedbacks to a warming climate. Ongoing processes of the permafrost thawing in Western Siberia are likely to increase the surface of water bodies via forming so-called thermokarst lakes, mobilizing the organic carbon (OC) from the soil pool to the rivers and, finally, to the ocean, and thus modifying the fluxes of methane (CH4) and CO2 to the atmosphere. Despite their tremendous importance for green house gazes regulation and hydrological regime control, very little is known about hydrochemistry of western Siberia thaw lakes. This book assesses the variation of major and trace elements (TE) and organic carbon (OC) concentration along the chronosequence of lake development and the latitude profile of variable permafrost abundance; characterizes the colloidal status of TE and distinguishes between the relative proportion of organic and organo-mineral colloids; describes the particularity of microbiological composition of thermokarst lake waters and production/mineralization processes in the water column; and presents the perspective of water chemical composition evolution under the climate change scenario. Each of these aforementioned objectives present a scientific challenge given mainly the paucity of existing information on these important but still very poorly studied ecosystems. Taken together, understanding of these issues and identification and quantification of controlling environmental parameters should produce conceptually new knowledge of biogeochemical processes operating within the Western Siberia Plain with the possibility of extrapolation of generated knowledge to much larger territories of arctic and subarctic permafrost-affected areas. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Biochemistry research trends
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introduction: Thermokarst Lakes of Western Siberia as Dominant Forms of Landscape and Regulators of Greenhouse Gas Exchange with the Atmosphere Chapter 1. Thermokarst Lakes: Distribution, Cycle of Development, Surface Coverage and Evolution Chapter 2. Sources of Dissolved Components in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 3. Temperature and Gas Regime Chapter 4. Dissolved Organic Carbon Chapter 5. Microbiology of Thermokarst Lake Systems Chapter 6. Trace Elements in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 7. Colloids in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 8. Latitude Profile Gradients of Lakes: Substituting Space for Time Chapter 9. Possible Impact of Climate Warming on Stocks and Fluxes of Carbon and Related Elements in Western Siberian Lakes Conclusions: Thaw Lakes as Indicators of Climate Change References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: ZSP-760/A-12
    In: Terra Antartica reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 212 S. : graph. Darst., Ill.
    ISBN: 9788888395043
    Series Statement: Terra Antartica reports 12
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: ZSP-405a-07-0031
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 14 S.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-05-023E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: ZSP-405b-07-0032
    In: JAXA Special Publication
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 107 S.
    Series Statement: JAXA Special Publication SP-05-035E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: ZSP-405b-07-0033
    In: JAXA Special Publication
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 32 S.
    Series Statement: JAXA Special Publication SP-05-036E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: ZSP-403-291
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 8 S. : Ill., überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 291 : Marine Biology 35
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: ZSP-403-288
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 288 : Upper Atmosphere Physics 23
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: ZSP-403-287
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 287 : Upper Atmosphere Physics 22
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester : Wiley
    Call number: AWI A6-08-0012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 280 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM
    ISBN: 0470861738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Part I Anatomy of a cyclone 1 Anatomy of a cyclone 1.1 A 'typical' extra-tropical cyclone 1.2 Describing the atmosphere 1.3 Air masses and fronts 1.4 The structure of a typical extra-tropical cyclone Review questions 2 Mathematical methods in fluid dynamics 2.1 Scalars and vectors 2.2 The algebra of vectors 2.3 Scalar and vector fields 2.4 Coordinate systems on the Earth 2.5 Gradients of vectors 2.6 Line and surface integrals 2.7 Eulerian and Lagrangian frames of reference 2.8 Advection Review questions 3 Properties of fluids 3.1 Solids, liquids, and gases 3.2 Thermodynamic properties of air 3.3 Composition of the atmosphere 3.4 Static stability 3.5 The continuum hypothesis 3.6 Practical assumptions 3.7 Continuity equation Review questions 4 Fundamental forces 4.1 Newton's second law: F=ma 4.2 Body, surface, and line forces 4.3 Forces in an inertial reference frame 4.4 Forces in a rotating reference frame 4.5 The Navier-Stokes equations Review questions 5 Scale analysis 5.1 Dimensional homogeneity 5.2 Scales 5.3 Non-dimensional parameters 5.4 Scale analysis 5.5 The geostrophic approximation Review questions 6 Simple steady motion 6.1 Natural coordinate system 6.2 Balanced flow 6.3 The Boussinesq approximation 6.4 The thermal wind 6.5 Departures from balance Review questions 7 Circulation and vorticity 7.1 Circulation 7.2 Vorticity 7.3 Conservation of potential vorticity 7.4 An introduction to the vorticity equation Review questions 8 Simple wave motions 8.1 Properties of waves 8.2 Perturbation analysis 8.3 Planetary waves Review questions 9 Extra-tropical weather systems 9.1 Fronts 9.2 Frontal cyclones 9.3 Baroclinic instability Review questions Part II Atmospheric phenomena 10 Boundary layers 10.1 Turbulence 10.2 Reynolds decomposition 10.3 Generation of turbulence 10.4 Closure assumptions Review questions 11 Clouds and severe weather 11.1 Moist processes in the atmosphere 11.2 Air mass thunderstorms 11.3 Multi-cell thunderstorms 11.4 Supercell thunderstorms and tornadoes 11.5 Mesoscale convective systems Review questions 12 Tropical weather 12.1 Scales of motion 12.2 Atmospheric oscillations 12.3 Tropical cyclones Review questions 13 Mountain weather 13.1 Internal gravity waves 13.2 Flow over mountains 13.3 Downslope windstorms Review questions 14 Polar weather 14.1 Katabatic winds 14.2 Barrier winds 14.3 Polar lows Review questions 15 Epilogue: the general circulation 15.1 Fueled by the Sun 15.2 Radiative-convective equilibrium 15.3 The zonal mean circulation 15.4 The angular momentum budget 15.5 The energy cycle Appendix A - symbols Appendix Β - constants and units Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-541 ; ZS-090(541
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 141 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 1618-3193
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 541
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: English
    Note: Zugl.: Greifswald, Univ., Diss., 2005
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-539 ; ZS-090(539)
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 123 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISSN: 1618-3193
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 539
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: ZSP-160-104
    In: Baltic sea environment proceedings
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 62 S.
    Series Statement: Baltic sea environment proceedings 104
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: ZSP-403-294
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 55 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JARE data reports 294 : Oceanography 29
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: ZSP-403-295
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 55 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JARE data reports 295 : Oceanography 30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: ZSP-405b-09-0002
    In: JAXA Special Publication
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 145 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JAXA Special Publication SP-05-021E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Helsinki : Helcom
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-160-107
    In: Baltic sea environment proceedings
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 57 S.
    Series Statement: Baltic sea environment proceedings 107
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Springer-Verlag
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 20/M 07.0074 ; AWI G6-22-820
    In: Environmental Science
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 308 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM (12 cm)
    ISBN: 0-387-30513-0
    Series Statement: Environmental Science
    Classification:
    Ecology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgments Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Discovery 1.2 General Introduction 1.3 Just for Fun — An Isotope Biography of Mr. Polychaete Chapter 2. Isotope Notation and Measurement Overview 2.1 The Necessary Minimum for Ecologists 2.2 Why Use the 5 Notation? 2.3 Why Is 8 a Good Substitute for % Heavy Isotope? 2.4 8 and the Ratio-of-Ratios 2.5 Chapter Summary Chapter 3. Using Stable Isotope Tracers Overview 3.1 Isotope Circulation in the Biosphere 3.2 Landscape Ecology and Isotope Maps 3.3 Community Ecology and Invasive Species in Food Webs 3.4 Life History Ecology and Animal Migrations 3.5 Plants, Microbes, and Scaling Up 3.6 Chapter Summary Chapter 4. Isotope Chi ("I Chi") Overview 4.1 Chocolate Isotopes 4.2 Oxygen in the Sea 4.3 Equations for Isotope Chi ("I Chi") 4.4 Building an I Chi Gain-Loss Model, Step by Step 4.5 Errors in I Chi Models 4.6 Exact Equations for I Chi Models 4.7 Cows in a Pasture 4.8 Chapter Summary Chapter 5. Mixing Overview 5.1 Isotope Mixing in Food Webs 5.2 Isotope Sourcery 5.3 Mixing Mechanics 5.4 Advanced Mixing Mechanics 5.5 Mixing Assumptions and Errors or the Art and Wisdom of Using Isotope Mixing Models 5.6 River Sulfate and Mass-Weighted Mixing 5.7 A Special Muddy Case and Mixing Through Time 5.8 The Qualquan Chronicles and Mixing Across Landscapes 5.9 Dietary Mixing, Turnover, and a Stable Isotope Clock 5.10 Chapter Summary Chapter 6. Isotope Additions Overview 6.1 Addition Addiction 6.2 The Golden Spike Award for Isotopes 6.3 Chapter Summary Chapter 7. Fractionation Overview 7.1 Fractionation Fundamentals 7.2 Isotopium and Fractionation in Closed Systems 7.3 A Strange and Routine Case 7.4 A Genuine Puzzle — Fractionation or Mixing? 7.5 Cracking the Closed Systems 7.6 Equilibrium Fractionation, Subtle Drama in the Cold 7.7 A Supply/Demand Model for Open System Fractionation 7.8 Open System Fractionation and Evolution of the Earth's Sulfur Cycle 7.9 Open System Legacies 7.10 Conducting Fractionation Experiments 7.11 Chapter Summary Chapter 8. Scanning the Future Overview 8.1 The Isotope Scanner 8.2 Mangrove Maude 8.3 The Beginner's Advantage—Imagine! 8.4 Chapter Summary Appendix. Important Isotope Equations and Useful Conversions Index Supplemental Electronic Materials on the Accompanying CD A. Chapter 1 Color Figures and Cartoon Problems B. Chapter 2 Color Figures and Cartoon Problems Technical Supplement 2A: Measuring Spiked Samples Technical Supplement 2B: Ion Corrections Technical Supplement 2C: The Ratio Notation and The Power of 1 C. Chapter 3 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems D. Chapter 4 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets E. Chapters 5 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets F. Chapter 6 Color Figure and Cartoon Problems I Chi Spreadsheet Technical Supplement 6A: How Much Isotope Should I Add? Technical Supplement 6B: Noisy Data and Data Analysis with Enriched Samples G. Chapter 7 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets Technical Supplement 7A: A Chemist's View of Isotope Effects Technical Supplement 7B: Derivations of Closed System Isotope Equations H. Chapter 8 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I. All Problems for Chapters 1-8 J. All Answers to Problems for Chapters 1-8 K. All Figures and Cartoons L. All I Chi Spreadsheets M. A Reading List
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: AWI S1-07-0025
    Description / Table of Contents: Since the publication of "Spectral Methods in Fluid Dynamics", spectral methods, particularly in their multidomain version, have become firmly established as a mainstream tool for scientific and engineering computation. While retaining the tight integration between the theoretical and practical aspects of spectral methods that was the hallmark of the earlier book, Canuto et al. now incorporate the many improvements in the algorithms and the theory of spectral methods that have been made since 1988. The initial treatment Fundamentals in Single Domains discusses the fundamentals of the approximation of solutions to ordinary and partial differential equations on single domains by expansions in smooth, global basis functions. The first half of the book provides the algorithmic details of orthogonal expansions, transform methods, spectral discretization of differential equations plus their boundary conditions, and solution of the discretized equations by direct and iterative methods. The second half furnishes a comprehensive discussion of the mathematical theory of spectral methods on single domains, including approximation theory, stability and convergence, and illustrative applications of the theory to model boundary-value problems. Both the algorithmic and theoretical discussions cover spectral methods on tensor-product domains, triangles and tetrahedra. All chapters are enhanced with material on the Galerkin with numerical integration version of spectral methods. The discussion of direct and iterative solution methods is greatly expanded as are the set of numerical examples that illustrate the key properties of the various types of spectral approximations and the solution algorithms. A companion book "Evolution to Complex Geometries and Applications to Fluid Dynamics" contains an extensive survey of the essential algorithmic and theoretical aspects of spectral methods for complex geometries and provides detailed discussions of spectral algorithms for fluid dynamics in simple and complex geometries.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXII, 563 Seiten , Illustrationen , 235 mm x 155 mm
    ISBN: 3540307257 , 3-540-30725-7 , 978-3-540-30725-9
    ISSN: 1434-8322
    Series Statement: Scientific computation
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1. Introduction 1.1 Historical Background 1.2 Some Examples of Spectral Methods 1.2.1 A Fourier Galerkin Method for the Wave Equation 1.2.2 A Chebyshev Collocation Method for the Heat Equation 1.2.3 A Legendre Galerkin with Numerical Integration (G-NI) Method for the Advection-Diffusion-Reaction Equation 1.2.4 A Legendre Tau Method for the Poisson Equation 1.2.5 Basic Aspects of Galerkin, Collocation, G-NI and Tau Methods 1.3 Three-Dimensional Applications in Fluids: A Look Ahead 2. Polynomial Approximation 2.1 The Fourier System 2.1.1 The Continuous Fourier Expansion 2.1.2 The Discrete Fourier Expansion 2.1.3 Differentiation 2.1.4 The Gibbs Phenomenon 2.2 Orthogonal Polynomials in (−1, 1) 2.2.1 Sturm-Liouville Problems 2.2.2 Orthogonal Systems of Polynomials 2.2.3 Gauss-Type Quadratures and Discrete Polynomial Transforms 2.3 Legendre Polynomials 2.3.1 Basic Formulas 2.3.2 Differentiation 2.3.3 Orthogonality, Diagonalization and Localization 2.4 Chebyshev Polynomials 2.4.1 Basic Formulas 2.4.2 Differentiation 2.5 Jacobi Polynomials 2.6 Approximation in Unbounded Domains 2.6.1 Laguerre Polynomials and Laguerre Functions 2.6.2 Hermite Polynomials and Hermite Functions 2.7 Mappings for Unbounded Domains 2.7.1 Semi-Infinite Intervals 2.7.2 The Real Line 2.8 Tensor-Product Expansions 2.8.1 Multidimensional Mapping 2.9 Expansions on Triangles and Related Domains 2.9.1 Collapsed Coordinates and Warped Tensor-Product Expansions 2.9.2 Non-Tensor-Product Expansions 2.9.3 Mappings 3. Basic Approaches to Constructing Spectral Methods 3.1 Burgers Equation 3.2 Strong and Weak Formulations of Differential Equations 3.3 Spectral Approximation of the Burgers Equation 3.3.1 Fourier Galerkin 3.3.2 Fourier Collocation 3.3.3 Chebyshev Tau 3.3.4 Chebyshev Collocation 3.3.5 Legendre G-NI 3.4 Convolution Sums 3.4.1 Transform Methods and Pseudospectral Methods 3.4.2 Aliasing Removal by Padding or Truncation 3.4.3 Aliasing Removal by Phase Shifts 3.4.4 Aliasing Removal for Orthogonal Polynomials 3.5 Relation Between Collocation, G-NI and Pseudospectral Methods 3.6 Conservation Forms 3.7 Scalar Hyperbolic Problems 3.7.1 Enforcement of Boundary Conditions 3.7.2 Numerical Examples 3.8 Matrix Construction for Galerkin and G-NI Methods 3.8.1 Matrix Elements 3.8.2 An Example of Algebraic Equivalence between G-NI and Collocation Methods 3.9 Polar Coordinates 3.10 Aliasing Effects 4. Algebraic Systems and Solution Techniques 4.1 Ad-hoc Direct Methods 4.1.1 Fourier Approximations 4.1.2 Chebyshev Tau Approximations 4.1.3 Galerkin Approximations 4.1.4 Schur Decomposition and Matrix Diagonalization 4.2 Direct Methods 4.2.1 Tensor Products of Matrices 4.2.2 Multidimensional Stiffness and Mass Matrices 4.2.3 Gaussian Elimination Techniques 4.3 Eigen-Analysis of Spectral Derivative Matrices 4.3.1 Second-Derivative Matrices 4.3.2 First-Derivative Matrices 4.3.3 Advection-Diffusion Matrices 4.4 Preconditioning 4.4.1 Fundamentals of Iterative Methods for Spectral Discretizations 4.4.2 Low-Order Preconditioning of Model Spectral Operators in One Dimension 4.4.3 Low-Order Preconditioning in Several Dimensions 4.4.4 Spectral Preconditioning 4.5 Descent and Krylov Iterative Methods for Spectral Equations 4.5.1 Multidimensional Matrix-Vector Multiplication 4.5.2 Iterative Methods 4.6 Spectral Multigrid Methods 4.6.1 One-Dimensional Fourier Multigrid Model Problem 4.6.2 General Spectral Multigrid Methods 4.7 Numerical Examples of Direct and Iterative Methods 4.7.1 Fourier Collocation Discretizations 4.7.2 Chebyshev Collocation Discretizations 4.7.3 Legendre G-NI Discretizations 4.7.4 Preconditioners for Legendre G-NI Matrices 4.8 Interlude 5. Polynomial Approximation Theory 5.1 Fourier Approximation 5.1.1 Inverse Inequalities for Trigonometric Polynomials 5.1.2 Estimates for the Truncation and Best Approximation Errors 5.1.3 Estimates for the Interpolation Error 5.2 Sturm-Liouville Expansions 5.2.1 Regular Sturm-Liouville Problems 5.2.2 Singular Sturm-Liouville Problems 5.3 Discrete Norms 5.4 Legendre Approximations 5.4.1 Inverse Inequalities for Algebraic Polynomials 5.4.2 Estimates for the Truncation and Best Approximation Errors 5.4.3 Estimates for the Interpolation Error 5.4.4 Scaled Estimates 5.5 Chebyshev Approximations 5.5.1 Inverse Inequalities for Polynomials 5.5.2 Estimates for the Truncation and Best Approximation Errors 5.5.3 Estimates for the Interpolation Error 5.6 Proofs of Some Approximation Results 5.7 Other Polynomial Approximations 5.7.1 Jacobi Polynomials 5.7.2 Laguerre and Hermite Polynomials 5.8 Approximation in Cartesian-Product Domains 5.8.1 Fourier Approximations 5.8.2 Legendre Approximations 5.8.3 Mapped Operators and Scaled Estimates 5.8.4 Chebyshev and Other Jacobi Approximations 5.8.5 Blended Trigonometric and Algebraic Approximations 5.9 Approximation in Triangles and Related Domains 6. Theory of Stability and Convergence 6.1 Three Elementary Examples Revisited 6.1.1 A Fourier Galerkin Method for the Wave Equation 6.1.2 A Chebyshev Collocation Method for the Heat Equation 6.1.3 A Legendre Tau Method for the Poisson Equation 6.2 Towards a General Theory 6.3 General Formulation of Spectral Approximations to Linear Steady Problems 6.4 Galerkin, Collocation, G-NI and Tau Methods 6.4.1 Galerkin Methods 6.4.2 Collocation Methods 6.4.3 G-NI Methods 6.4.4 Tau Methods 6.5 General Formulation of Spectral Approximations to Linear Evolution Problems 6.5.1 Conditions for Stability and Convergence: The Parabolic Case 6.5.2 Conditions for Stability and Convergence: The Hyperbolic Case 6.6 The Error Equation 7. Analysis of Model Boundary-Value Problems 7.1 The Poisson Equation 7.1.1 Legendre Methods 7.1.2 Chebyshev Methods 7.1.3 Other Boundary-Value Problems 7.2 Singularly Perturbed Elliptic Equations 7.2.1 Stabilization of Spectral Methods 7.3 The Eigenvalues of Some Spectral Operators 7.3.1 The Discrete Eigenvalues for Lu = −uxx 7.3.2 The Discrete Eigenvalues for Lu = −νuxx + βux 7.3.3 The Discrete Eigenvalues for Lu = ux 7.4 The Preconditioning of Spectral Operators 7.5 The Heat Equation 7.6 Linear Hyperbolic Equations 7.6.1 Periodic Boundary Conditions 7.6.2 Nonperiodic Boundary Conditions 7.6.3 The Resolution of the Gibbs Phenomenon 7.6.4 Spectral Accuracy for Non-Smooth Solutions 7.7 Scalar Conservation Laws 7.8 The Steady Burgers Equation Appendix A. Basic Mathematical Concepts A.1 Hilbert and Banach Spaces A.2 The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality A.3 Linear Operators Between Banach Spaces A.4 The Fr´echet Derivative of an Operator A.5 The Lax-Milgram Theorem A.6 Dense Subspace of a Normed Space A.7 The Spaces Cm(Ω), m ≥ 0 A.8 Functions of Bounded Variation and the Riemann(-Stieltjes) Integral A.9 The Lebesgue Integral and Lp-Spaces A.10 Infinitely Differentiable Functions and Distributions A.11 Sobolev Spaces and Sobolev Norms A.12 The Sobolev Inequality A.13 The Poincar´e Inequality A.14 The Hardy Inequality A.15 The Gronwall Lemma Appendix B. Fast Fourier Transforms Appendix C. Iterative Methods for Linear Systems C.1 A Gentle Approach to Iterative Methods C.2 Descent Methods for Symmetric Problems C.3 Krylov Methods for Nonsymmetric Problems Appendix D. Time Discretizations D.1 Notation and Stability Definitions D.2 Standard ODE Methods D.2.1 Leap Frog Method D.2.2 Adams-Bashforth Methods D.2.3 Adams-Moulton Methods D.2.4 Backwards-Difference Formulas D.2.5 Runge-Kutta Methods D.3 Integrating Factors D.4 Low-Storage Schemes References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Tokyo] : Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-405a-08-0031
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 32 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-05-034E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    München : Elsevier, Spektrum Akad. Verl.
    Call number: AWI Bio-18-91524
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 700 S. , Ill., zahlr. graph. Darst. , 270 mm x 196 mm
    Edition: 6. Aufl.
    ISBN: 3827415616 (Gb.) , 9783827415615 (Gb.)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - 1 Theoretische Grundlagen und Zielsetzung der Physiologie. - 1.1 Das Selbstverständnis der Physiologie. - 1.2 Gesetzesaussagen in der Biologie. - 1.3 Systemtheorie. - 1.4 Prinzipien wissenschaftlichen Arbeitens. - 1.5 Das Kausalitätsprinzip in der Physiologie. - 1.6 Das Problem der Komplexität. - 1.7 Formulierung von Sätzen. - 1.8 Merkmale und Variabilität. - 1.9 Maßsystem und Bezugsgrößen. - 1.10 Darstellung von Daten. - 2 Die Zelle als morphologisches System. - 2.1 Die meristematische Pflanzenzelle. - 2.1.1 Strukturelle Gliederung. - 2.1.2 Endoplasmatisches Reticulum. - 2.1.3 Zellkern (Nucleus). - 2.1.4 Golgi-Apparat. - 2.1.5 Peroxisomen. - 2.1.6 Mitochondrien und Piastiden. - 2.1.7 Cytoskelett. - 2.1.8 Zellwand. - 2.2 Zellteilung. - 2.2.1 Cytokinese und Karyokinese. - 2.2.2 Regulation des Zellcyclus. - 2.2.3 Determination der Teilungsebene. - 2.3 Zelldifferenzierung. - 2.4 Zeil- und Organpolarität. - 2.5 Die Evolution der Pflanzenzelle. - 2.6 Vom einzelligen zum vielzelligen Organismus. - 3 Die Zelle als energetisches System. - 3.1 Der 1. Hauptsatz der Thermodynamik. - 3.2 Der 2. Hauptsatz der Thermodynamik. - 3.3 Die Zelle als offenes System, Fließgleichgewicht. - 3.4 Chemisches Potenzial. - 3.5 Chemisches Potenzial von Wasser. - 3.6 Anwendung des Wasserpotenzialkonzepts auf den Wasserzustand der Zelle. - 3.6.1 Die Zelle als osmotisches System. - 3.6.2 Das Osmometermodell. - 3.6.3 Die Zelle als Osmometeranalogon. - 3.6.4 Das Matrixpotenzial. - 3.6.5 Nomenklatorische Schwierigkeiten. - 3.6.6 Das osmotische Zustandsdiagramm der Zelle (Höfler-Diagramm). - 3.6.7 Die experimentelle Messung von π und ψ. - 3.6.8 Regulation des Wasserzustandes. - 3.7 Chemisches Potenzial von Ionen. - 3.8 Membranpotenzial. - 3.9 Energetik biochemischer Reaktionen. - 3.10 Phosphatübertragung und Phosphorylierungspotenzial. - 3.11 Redoxsysteme und Redoxpotenzial. - 4 Die Zelle als metabolisches System. - 4.1 Biologische Katalyse. - 4.1.1 Aktivierungsenergie. - 4.1.2 Enzymatische Katalyse. - 4.1.3 Enzymkinetik. - 4.1.4 Messung der Enzymaktivität. - 4.1.5 Modulation der Enzymaktivität. - 4.2 Metabolische Kompartimentierung der Zelle. - 4.3 Transportmechanismen an Biomembranen. - 4.3.1 Diffusion und Permeation. - 4.3.2 Spezifität des Membrantransports, Transportkatalyse. - 4.3.3 Transporter, Ionenpumpen und Ionenkanäle. - 4.3.4 Aquaporine. - 4.3.5 Passiver und aktiver Transport. - 4.3.6 Shuttle-Transport. - 4.4 ATP-Synthese an energietransformierenden Biomembranen. - 4.5 Stoffaufnahme in die Zelle. - 4.5.1 Ionenaufnahme. - 4.5.2 Aufnahme von Anelektrolyten. - 4.5.3 Akkumulation von Metaboliten und anorganischen Ionen in der Vacuole. - 4.6 Prinzipien der metabolischen Regulation. - 4.6.1 Ebenen der Regulation. - 4.6.2 Regulation des Enzymgehalts. - 4.6.3 Regulation des Aktivitätszustands bei konstantem Enzymgehalt. - 4.6.4 Intrazelluläre und interzelluläre Signaltransduktion. - 4.6.5 Die Integration der Regulationsmechanismen zum Kontrollsystem. - 5 Die Zelle als wachstumsfähiges System. - 5.1 Biophysikalische Grundlagen des Zellwachstums. - 5.1.1 Hydraulisches Zellwachstum. - 5.1.2 Messung der physikalischen Wachstumsparameter. - 5.2 Wachstum und Zeliwandveränderungen. - 5.2.1 Die strukturelle Dynamik der Primärwand. - 5.2.2 Diffuses Wachstum der Zellwand. - 5.2.3 Lokales Wachstum der Zellwand. - 5.3 Integration des Zellwachstums in vielzelligen Systemen. - 5.3.1 Die Epidermiswand als zellübergreifende Organwand. - 5.3.2 Streckungs-und Kontraktionswachstum bei Wurzeln. - 5.4 Zur Beziehung zwischen Zellwachstum und Zellteilung. - 5.5 Regulation des Streckungswachstums. - 6 Die Zelle als gengesteuertes System. - 6.1 Das Gen - die Einheit der genetischen Information. - 6.2 Die Organisation des Genoms. - 6.2.1 Die drei Genome der Pflanzenzelle. - 6.2.2 Genomstruktur im Zellkern. - 6.2.3 Das plastidäre Genom. - 6.2.4 Das mitochondriale Genom. - 6.3 Die Transkriptionspromotoren, RNA-Polymerasen und RNA-Reifung. - 6.3.1 Transkription nucleärer Gene. - 6.3.2 Transkription plastidärer Gene. - 6.3.3 Transkription mitochondrialer Gene. - 6.3.4 KNA-editing. - 6.4 Proteinsynthese (Translation) und Protein-turnover. - 6.4.1 Translation und Protein-turnover im Cytoplasma. - 6.4.2 Translation und Protein-turnover in Piastiden. - 6.4.3 Translation und Protein-turnover in Mitochondrien. - 6.5 Die Zelle als regulatorisches Netzwerk der Genexpression. - 6.5.1 Regulation nucleärer Gene. - 6.5.2 Regulation plastidärer Gene. - 6.5.3 Regulation mitochondrialer Gene. - 6.5.4 Evolutionäre Adaption von Regulationsstrukturen. - 7 Intrazelluläre Proteinverteilung und Entwicklung der Organellen. - 7.1 Proteinsortierung in der Pflanzenzelle. - 7.1.1 Prinzipien der Proteinsortierung. - 7.1.2 Proteinexport aus der Zelle und Import in die Vacuole. - 7.1.3 Proteintransport in die Mitochondrien. - 7.1.4 Proteintransport in die Piastiden. - 7.1.5 Isosorting - das gleiche Protein für Cytoplasma, Mitochondrien und Piastiden. - 7.1.6 Evolution der Proteintransportsysteme in Mitochondrien und Piastiden. - 7.1.7 Proteintransport in die Peroxisomen. - 7.1.8 Proteintransport in den Zellkern. - 7.2 Entwicklung der Mitochondrien. - 7.3 Entwicklung der Piastiden. - 7.4 Entwicklung der Peroxisomen. - 8 Photosynthese als Funktion des Chloroplasten. - 8.1 Photosynthese als Energiewandlung. - 8.2 Energiewandlung im Chloroplasten. - 8.2.1 Struktur der Chloroplasten. - 8.2.2 Struktur der Thylakoide. - 8.2.3 Photosynthesepigmente. - 8.2.4 Quantenmechanische Grundlagen der Lichtabsorption. - 8.2.5 Funktion der Pigmente. - 8.2.6 Energietransfer in den Pigmentkollektiven. - 8.2.7 Bildung von chemischem Potenzial. - 8.2.8 Funktionelle Verknüpfung der beiden Photosysteme. - 8.3 Die Pigmentsysteme der Rot- und Blaualgen. - 8.4 Photosynthetischer Elektronentransport. - 8.4.1 Offenkettiges System. - 8.4.2 Cyclisches System. - 8.5 Mechanismus der Photophosphorylierung. - 8.6 Der biochemische Bereich. - 8.6.1 Stoffwechselleistungen der Chloroplasten. - 8.6.2 Fixierung und Reduktion von CO2. - 8.6.3 Reduktion und Fixierung von Nitrat und Sulfat. - 8.6.4 Photosynthetische H2-Produktion. - 8.6.5 Photosynthetische N2-Fixierung. - 8.7 Regulation der photosynthetischen Teilprozesse. - 8.7.1 Regulation der Energieverteilung zwischen PSI und PSII. - 8.7.2 Regulation der ATP-Synthase-Aktivität. - 8.7.3 Regulation der CO2-Assimilation im Calvin-Cyclus. - 8.7.4 Koordination von C- und N-Assimilation. - 8.7.5 Fluoreszenzlöschung als Indikatorreaktion für die Effektivität der Photosynthese. - 8.8 Ein kurzer Blick auf die anoxygene Photosynthese der phototrophen Bakterien. - 9 Dissimilation. - 9.1 Energiegewinnung bei der Dissimilation. - 9.2 Dissimilation der Kohlenhydrate. - 9.2.1 Freisetzung chemischer Energie. - 9.2.2 Glycolyse. - 9.2.3 Fermentation (alkoholische Gärung und Milchsäuregärung). - 9.2.4 Citratcyclus und Atmungskette. - 9.2.5 Cyanidresistente Atmung. - 9.2.6 Oxidative Phosphorylierung. - 9.2.7 Elektronentransport an der Plasmamembran. - 9.2.8 Oxidativer (dissimilatorischer) Pentosephosphatcyclus. - 9.3 Photorespiration. - 9.3.1 Lichtatmung und Dunkelatmung. - 9.3.2 Photosynthese von Glycolat. - 9.3.3 Metabolisierung des photosynthetischen Glycolats im C2-Cyclus. - 9.3.4 Glycolatstoffwechsel bei Grün- und Blaualgen. - 9.4 Mobilisierung von Speicherstoffen in Speichergeweben. - 9.4.1 Natur und Lokalisierung der Speicherstoffe. - 9.4.2 Umwandlung von Fett in Kohlenhydrat. - 9.4.3 Metabolismus von Speicherpolysacchariden. - 9.4.4 Metabolismus von Speicherproteinen. - 9.5 Regulation des dissimilatorischen Gaswechsels. - 9.5.1 Atmung: CO2-Abgabe und O2-Aufnahme. - 9.5.2 Der Respiratorische Quotient. - 9.5.3 Regulation des Kohlenhydratabbaus durch Sauerstoff. - 9.5.4 Induktion der Fermentation durch Enzy
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: AWI P1-19-92255
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 19 Seiten , zahlreiche Illustrationen
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Vorwort. - Die Polarregionen. - Das Polareis. - Eischilde, Meereis, Fluss- und Seeeis, Permafrost. - Die globale Erwärmung. - Die polaren Regionen erwärmen sich schneller. - Die Polarregionen: Gebiete höchster Empfindlichkeit mit weltweiter Wirkung. - Die indigenen Völker im Norden, Vegetation, Fauna, das Meereis als Lebensraum, Verringerung des stratosphärischen Ozons: "Das Ozonloch". - Die Meeresströmungen und Bildung des Tiefenwassers. - Wirtschaftliche Nutzung und ihre Risiken. - Öl- und Gasförderung, Gashydrate, Tourismus, Fischerei, Taiga. - Andere Gefährdungen und Schutz der Polarregionen. - Schadstoffe, radioaktive Altlasten, Walfang, die Arktis: Region des Umweltschutzes. - Schlussbetrachtung.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY [u.a.] : Elsevier
    Call number: AWI G2-17-90655
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: S. 123-477 , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt
    ISSN: 0079-6611
    Series Statement: Progress in oceanography Vol. 71, No. 2-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Structure and function of contemporary food webs on Arctic shelves: an introduction / P. Wassmann. - Past glacial and interglacial conditions in the Arctic Ocean and marginal seas - a review / D. A. Darby, L. Polyak and H. A. Bauch. - Climate variability and physical forcing of the food webs and the carbon budget on panarctic shelves / E. Carmack, D. Barber, J. Christensen, R. Macdonald, B. Rudels and E. Sakshaug. - Physical and biological characteristics of the pelagic system across Fram Strait to Kongsfjorden / H. Hop, S. Falk-Petersen, H. Svendsen, S. Kwasniewski, V. Pavlov, O. Pavlova and J. E. Søreide. - Food webs and carbon flux in the Barents Sea / P. Wassmann, M. Reigstad, T. Haug, B. Rudels, M. L. Carroll, H. Hop, G. W. Gabrielsen, S. Falk-Petersen, S. G. Denisenko, E. Arashkevich, D. Slagstad and O. Pavlova.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI NBM-17-90885
    Description / Table of Contents: While researching for another film, filmmakers Tom Radford and Peter Raymont came across the story of Nugliak, an Inuvialuit man born just before the end of the 19th century who observed and wrote of the changes that occurred in the north during his lifetime on Herschel Island. Radford's film loosely follows the book, touching on much the same subjects, but using Nugliak's descendents as a link to the present.
    Description / Table of Contents: It is easy to overlook Herschel Island - a tiny speck of land just off the Yukon coast - where the Inuvialuit hunter Nuligak once followed the great journeys of caribou, polar bears, and whales. The island lays silently on the margins of geography, entrapped in the footnotes of history, a forgotten place frozen in time. And yet just over a century ago Herschel Island was a frontier boomtown, branded "the Sodom of the Arctic" by some visitors at the time. A place cohabited by whalers, Inuit, missionaries, and police; a place of contact and conflict; a place where worlds collided and lives were changed forever. It was on Herschel Island that a young Inucialuit boy, Nuligak (later named Bob Cockney by the missionaries) came of age - fascinated by Herschel, but equally repelled by the excess of so-called civilization. Through Nuligak's touching yet tragic life-story expressed through his writings and echoed by his grandchildren's poignant return to the Island - we are offered a unique view into an often troubling past and a potentially hopeful future.
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 videodisc , round, color and black and white ; 4 3/4 in , 116 min. (70 min. + 46 min.)
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: AWI G9-06-0036 ; AWI G9-10-0040
    Description / Table of Contents: Sixty articles arranged in eight thematic sections refer to most recent geological and geophysical results of Antarctic research. The Precambrian of the East Antarctic shield and its geological history is considered as well as sub-ice topography, geophysics and stratigraphy, sedimentology and geophysics of the surrounding Southern Ocean. Particular emphasis is given to the connection of the Antarctic and the surrounding continents when forming part of Gondwana.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XX, 492 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 3540306730
    ISSN: 3-540-30673-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Theme 1 History of Antarctic Research 1.1 The Road to Gondwana via the Early SCAR Symposia / A. B. Ford 1.2 Exploring the Unknown: History of the First German South Polar Expedition 1901–1903 / C. Lüdecke Theme 2 Antarctica – The Old Core 2.1 Characteristics of Metamorphosed Banded Iron Formation and Its Relation to the Magnetic Anomaly in the Mt. Riiser-Larsen Area, Amundsen Bay, Enderby Land, Antarctica / M. Funaki, P. Dolinsky, N. Ishikawa, A. Yamazaki 2.2 Experimental Constraints on the Decompressional P-T Paths of Rundvågshetta Granulites, Lützow-Holm Complex, East Antarctica / T. Kawasaki, Y. Motoyoshi 2.3 Sapphirine – Orthopyroxene – Garnet Granulite from Schirmacher Hills, Central Dronning Maud Land / S. Baba, M. Owada, E. S. Grew, K. Shiraishi 2.4 Genesis of Ferropotassic A-Type Granitoids of Mühlig-Hofmannfjella, Central Dronning Maud Land, East Antarctica / M. J. D’Souza, A. V. K. Prasad, R. Ravindra 2.5 Late Pan-African Fluid Infiltration in the Mühlig-Hofmann- and Filchnerfjella of Central Dronning Maud Land, East Antarctica / A. K. Engvik, S. Elvevold 2.6 Electron Microprobe (EMP) Dating on Monazite from Forefinger Point Granulites, East Antarctica: Implication for Pan-African Overprint / Y. Motoyoshi, T. Hokada, K. Shiraishi 2.7 Tectonic Subdivision of the Prince Charles Mountains: A Review of Geologic and Isotopic Data / E. V. Mikhalsky, A. A. Laiba, B. V. Beliatsky 2.8 Crustal Provinces of the Prince Charles Mountains Region and Surrounding Areas in the Light of Aeromagnetic Data / A. V. Golynsky, V. N. Masolov, V. S. Volnukhin, D. A. Golynsky 2.9 Magnetic Anomalies of the Grove Mountains Region and Their Geological Significance / A. V. Golynsky, D. A. Golynsky, V. N. Masolov, V. S. Volnukhin Theme 3 The Continent Beneath the Ice 3.1 ADMAP – A Digital Magnetic Anomaly Map of the Antarctic / A. V. Golynsky, M. Chiappini, D. Damaske, F. Ferraccioli, C. A. Finn, T. Ishihara, H. R. Kim, L. Kovacs, V. N. Masolov, P. Morris, R. von Frese 3.2 Identifying Major Sedimentary Basins Beneath the West Antarctic Ice Sheet from Aeromagnetic Data Analysis / R. E. Bell, M. Studinger, G. Karner, C. A. Finn, D. D. Blankenship 3.3 Bedrock Plateaus within the Ross Embayment and beneath the West Antarctic Ice Sheet, Formed by Marine Erosion in Late Tertiary Time / D. S. Wilson, B. P. Luyendyk 3.4 Inversion of Airborne Gravity Data Acquired over Subglacial Lakes in East Antarctica / I. Y. Filina, D. D. Blankenship, L. Roy, M. K. Sen, T. G. Richter, J. W. Holt 3.5 Russian Geophysical Studies of Lake Vostok, Central East Antarctica / V. N. Masolov, S. V. Popov, V. V. Lukin, A. N. Sheremetyev, A. M. Popkov 3.6 Morphology of the Subglacial Bed Relief of Lake Vostok Basin Area (Central East Antarctica) Based on RES and Seismic Data / S. V. Popov, A. N. Lastochkin, V. N. Masolov, A. M. Popkov 3.7 Deep Reflection Imaging beneath the Mizuho Plateau, East Antarctica, by SEAL-2002 Seismic Experiment / M. Yamashita, H. Miyamachi, M. Kanao, T. Matsushima, S. Toda, M. Takada, A. Watanabe 3.8 Seismic Anisotropy beneath Northern Victoria Land from SKS Splitting Analysis / S. Pondrelli, L. Margheriti, S. Danesi Theme 4 Gondwana Margins in Antarctica 4.1 Scouting Craton’s Edge in Paleo-Pacific Gondwana / C. A. Finn, J. W. Goodge, D. Damaske, C. M. Fanning 4.2 The Matusevich Fracture Zone in Oates Land, East Antarctica / G. Kleinschmidt, A. L. Läufer 4.3 Tectonic Model for Development of the Byrd Glacier Discontinuity and Surrounding Regions of the Transantarctic Mountains during the Neoproterozoic – Early Paleozoic / E. Stump, B. Gootee, F. Talarico 4.4 Depositional Environments of the Byrd Group, Byrd Glacier Area: A Cambrian Record of Sedimentation, Tectonism, and Magmatism / B. Gootee, E. Stump 4.5 Late-Ross Structures in the Wilson Terrane in the Rennick Glacier Area (Northern Victoria Land, Antarctica) / A. L. Läufer, G. Kleinschmidt, F. Rossetti 4.6 Style of Uplift of Paleozoic Terranes in Northern Victoria Land, Antarctica: Evidence from K-Ar Age Patterns / C. J. Adams Theme 5 Antarctic Peninsula Active Margin Tectonics 5.1 Patagonia – Antarctica Connections before Gondwana Break-Up / F. Hervé, H. Miller, C. Pimpirev 5.2 Moho Depth along the Antarctic Peninsula and Crustal Structure across the Landward Projection of the Hero Fracture Zone / T. Janik, P. Þroda, M. Grad, A. Guterch 5.3 Crustal Thinning and the Development of Deep Depressions at the Scotia- Antarctic Plate Boundary (Southern Margin of Discovery Bank, Antarctica) / J. Galindo-Zaldívar, J. C. Balanyá, F. Bohoyo, A. Jabaloy, A. Maldonado, J. M. Martínez-Martínez, J. Rodríguez-Fernández, E. Suriñach 5.4 Bransfield Basin Tectonic Evolution / J. Galindo-Zaldívar, L. Gamboa , A. Maldonado, S. Nakao, Y. Bochu 5.5 The Sedimentary Sequences of Hurd Peninsula, Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands: Part of the Late Jurassic–Cretaceous Depositional History of the Antarctic Peninsula / C. Pimpirev, K. Stoykova, M. Ivanov, D. Dimov 5.6 Regional Structures and Geodynamic Evolution of North Greenwich (Fort Williams Point) and Dee Islands, South Shetland Islands / J. F. Dumont, E. Santana, F. Hervé, C. Zapata 5.7 The Eocene Volcaniclastic Sejong Formation, Barton Peninsula, King George Island, Antarctica: Evolving Arc Volcanism from Precursory Fire Fountaining to Vulcanian Eruptions / S. B. Kim, Y. K. Sohn, M. Y. Choe 5.8 Elephant Island Recent Tectonics in the Framework of the Scotia-Antarctic-South Shetland Block Triple Junction (NE Antarctic Peninsula) / J. Galindo-Zaldívar, A. Maestro, J. López-Martínez, C. S. de Galdeano 5.9 Tectonics and Geomorphology of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands / J. López-Martínez, R. A. J. Trouw, J. Galindo-Zaldívar, A. Maestro, L. S. A. Simões, F. F. Medeiros, C. C. Trouw 5.10 Geodynamical Studies on Deception Island: DECVOL and GEODEC Projects / M. Berrocoso, A. García-García, J. Martín-Dávila, M. Catalán-Morollón, M. Astiz, M. E. Ramírez, C. Torrecillas, J. M. E. de Salamanca Theme 6 Antarctic Rift Tectonics 6.1 Mawson Breccias Intrude Beacon Strata at Allan Hills, South Victoria Land: Regional Implications / D. H. Elliot, E. H. Fortner, C. B. Grimes 6.2 What Supports the Marie Byrd Land Dome? An Evaluation of Potential Uplift Mechanisms in a Continental Rift System / W. E. LeMasurier 6.3 A Multi-Phase Rifting Model for the Victoria Land Basin, Western Ross Sea / F. J. Davey, L. De Santis 6.4 Rift History of the Western Victoria Land Basin: A new Perspective Based on Integration of Cores with Seismic Reflection Data / C. R. Fielding, S. A. Henrys, T. J. Wilson 6.5 Constraints on the Timing of Extension in the Northern Basin, Ross Sea / S. C. Cande, J. M. Stock 6.6 The Structure of the Continental Margin off Wilkes Land and Terre Adélie Coast, East Antarctica / J. B. Colwell, H. M. J. Stagg, N. G. Direen, G. Bernardel, I. Borissova 6.7 Post-Rift Continental Slope and Rise Sediments from 38° E to 164° E, East Antarctica / P. E. O’Brien, S. Stanley, R. Parums Theme 7 Antarctic Neotectonics, Observatories and Data Bases 7.1 On Seismic Strain-Release within the Antarctic Plate / A. M. Reading 7.2 Vertical Crustal Deformation in Dronning Maud Land, Antarctica: Observation versus Model Prediction / M. Scheinert, E. Ivins, R. Dietrich, A. Rülke 7.3 Seismic Activity Associated with Surface Environmental Changes of the Earth System, around Syowa Station, East Antarctica / M. Kanao, K. Kaminuma 7.4 Geodynamic Features and Density Structure of the Earth’s Interior of the Antarctic and Surrounded Regions with the Gravimetric Tomography Method / R. Kh. Greku, V. P. Usenko, T. R. Greku 7.5 Some Recent Characteristics of Geomagnetic Secular Variations in Antarctica / A. Meloni, L. R. Gaya-Piqué, P. De Michelis, A. De Santis 7.6 Topographic and Geodetic Research by GPS, Echosounding and ERS Altimetric, and SAR Interferometric Surveys during Ukrainian Antarctic Expeditions in the West Antarctic / R. Greku, G. Milinevsky, Y. Ladanovsky, P. Bahmach, T. Greku 7.7 Geodetic Research o
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: PIK D 024-06-0103 ; AWI A2-20-86604
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 396 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 310021109X
    Uniform Title: The weathermakers 〈dt.〉
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Vorwort Karte Das langsame Erwachen I. Teil GAIAS REPERTOIRE 1. Gaia Die Atmosphäre einer Großtante. Wallace' erstaunlicher Luftozean. Lovelocks Ketzerei: Die Daten sind dürftig, aber sie lebt. Das Eis überschreitet eine Grenze - bis das Plankton den Thermostat verstellt. Die wichtige Albedo. Kohle machen - eine weitere Selbstjustierung von Gaia? 2. Der große Luftozean Die vier Atmosphärenschichten und das große Rätsel, warum Berggipfel, obwohl der Sonne näher, kalt sind. Das Fenster in der Mauer aus Gasen. Die irdischen Zusammenhänge - und wie die Luftverschmutzung sie verändert. Ein Mitsornmernachts-Albtraum in New York. Vom Mauna Loa aus der Erde beim Atmen zusehen. 3. Das gasförmige Treibhaus Anfangszweifel an der Macht des CO2. Ein ziemlich knappes Kohlenstoff-Budget. Dreißig Gase, die die Welt aufheizen. Methan: Sümpfe, Fürze und Rülpser. CFKs - Frankenstein'sche Schöpfungen menschlichen Erfindungsreichtums. Wohin mit all den Gigatonnen? Die Kohlenstoff-Lungen, -Speicher und -Nieren der Erde - und die Kohlenstoff-Gaia. Die Lehre einer Dose Limonade. Der irreführende Mississippi. 4. Die Weisen und die Zwiebelschale Kohlenstoff wirft die Frage nach des Menschen Stellung im Weltall auf. Fumifugium und die Vororte der Hölle. Fouriers frierende Erde. Svante Arrhenius rettet sich vor einer gescheiterten Ehe in Berechnungen und entdeckt den Klimawandel. Orthodoxe ignorieren den weitsichtigen Callendar. Milankovic' Gefängnis-Zyklen triumphieren. Flecken auf der Sonne? Die falsche mittelalterliche Warmzeit. 5. Zeitpassagen Stille Trinker bemächtigen sich der geologischen Formationen. Schlüssel zu Zeitpassagen. Lieber zwischen den Zeiten leben als am Ende aller Zeiten. Die Pianolarolle der Sedimente, auf Sauerstoffund Kohlenstoffisotopen gespielt. Eine Zeit wie die Gegenwart? Norweger entdecken die Fischbraterei des Paläozäns. Das Klima als Tempomat der Evolution: Jede Veränderung verändert das Leben an sich. 6. Im Kühlhaus geboren Vor dem Hintergrund des Klimawandels von der Wiege in Afrika zur Welteroberung. Geheimnisse in Holz und Eis. Die warmen Felsen Grönlands und der Riesenkern von Dome C. Zehn Jahrtausende eines Achterbahn-Klimas läuten die Modeme ein. Ein paar Sverdrups könnten uns hinwegspülen. 7. Der lange Sommer Das Anthropozän - unsere eigene geologische Epoche. Hält sie aber schon 200 oder 8000 Jahre an? Keine Feldbestellung vor dem Sommer. Ruddimans Gase entmachten Milankovic' Zyklus - oder doch nicht? Als es in Uruk eng wurde. Fagans Hungersnöte und Ruddimans Pest. Eine abgewürgte Eiszeit? 8. Die Toten ausgraben Big Bill Neidjies Weisheit. Kohle, Gas und Öl: Die Reiter der Kohlenstoff-Apokalypse. Vergrabener Sonnenschein und Kohlenstoffgehalt. Eine kurze Geschichte der Kohle. In Newcomens Ära ist Kohle der Universaltreibstoff. Ein Texaner läutet das Kohlenwasserstoff-Jahrhundert ein. Glitschiges Öl und glückliche Herrscherhäuser. Das Dilemma des Negativhaushalts, die wachsende Familie und die unersättliche Abhängigkeit. II. Teil EINE VON ZEHNTAUSEND 9. Die entzauberte Welt Magische Tore passieren. Der Methusalem unter den Korallen. 1976 drehte das Wetter durch - und trieb die Evolution voran. Und noch einmal 1998, diesmal mit El-Niño-Turbo. Wie wichtig wenig gelesene Zeitschriften sind. Scheckenschmetterlinge unter Druck setzen und die Natur in Richtung der Pole peitschen. Von Eichen und Frostspannern. Den Tanganjikasee entvölkern. Den globalen Fingerabdruck der Katastrophe identifizieren. Das verbrannte Nong-Tal. 10. Alarm an den Polen Antarktisches Gras kündet vom Tod der Kryosphäre. Das beständig schmelzende Eis. Pinguine folgen dem verschwindenden Krill, und Salpen übernehmen die Weltmeere. Das Sterben der Lemminge: Mord, nicht Selbstmord. Das Werk des Fichtenborkenkäfers. Wälder erobern die Tundra. Magere Eisbären bekommen keine Drillinge. Das vereiste Pressen der Rentiere. 11. 2050: Das Große Stummelriff? Nichts ist so schön wie ein Korallenriff. Fossile Fische bei Verona. Erstaunliche Vielfalt - in Abwässern erstickt. Die Dornenkrone der Schönheit. Das Los des jungfräulichen Myrmidon Reef. Warum bleichen sie aus? Die meisten sind halb tot, der Rest ist zum Sterben verdammt. Hoffnung auf Migration oder Adaption? Die Lektion des Gobiodon. 12. Eine Warnung von der Goldkröte Marty Crump, die Frau der Stunde. Meist im Untergrund und höchst gefährdet. Die letzte Krötenorgie. Die Parabel vom Quetzal und vom Fischtukan. Sterbende Eidechsen und eine zufällig dastehende Wetterstation. Zwölf Jahre später kennt man den Grund. Der Bauchbrütende Frosch ist verschwunden. Eine globale Entwicklung? 13. flüssiges Gold: Veränderte Niederschläge Die Tragödie im Sahel - auch ein moralisches Desaster. Der Westen Amerikas und der Süden Australiens: Neue Saharas? Der große Durst von Perth. Erlösen Entsalzungsanlagen Sydney? Der dürre Westen - ein Zyklus oder das neue Klima? 14. Eine energiegeladene Zwiebelschale Woher nehmen Stürme ihre Kraft? Von Hitze, Wasser und Hurrikan-Treibstoff. Vom Schwitzen zu Zyklonen: Eine Erklärung für die Wucht von Mitch. Dem Golf von Bengalen bleibt einiges erspart. Europas todbringender Sommer. Rekordhalter USA. Die Kontinente schrumpfen. 15. Mit dem Blanken Hans spielen Wir Küstenbewohner. Wärme: Leichter aus den Ozeanen herauszuholen als hineinzustecken. Der Panzer und der VW-Käfer. Der plötzliche Tod der schnellen Gletscher von Larsen B. Und was ist mit Grönland? Immer wieder die magische Sieben. Ein Schwergewicht kommt in Schwung. Zu 67 Metern verdammt? III. Teil WEISSAGEN ALS WISSENSCHAFT 16. Modellwelten Captain Fitzroy und die Wettervorhersage. Die Welt als rotierende Schüssel. Schon 1975 hatten sie Recht - fälschlicherweise. Pinatubo-Prognosen. Eine schwarze Kugel und der Aufstand der Skeptiker. Zehn globale Zirkulationsmodelle und wie Wolken das Problem vernebeln. Spuckende Ahnen. Können wir mehr Gewissheit haben - und können 90 000 PCs sich irren? Was ist mit mir? Fragen ist menschlich - oder man lässt es lieber. Regionalprognosen und Rückkopplung. Das Ende des englischen Gartens? 17. Extremer Gefahr ausgeliefert? Ein Nachlauf von 50 Jahren und die wahren Kosten von Heckflossen-Chevrolets. Der Ozean lebt in den siebziger Jahren - und auch die Industrie. Das Treibhausrad lässt sich nicht zurückdrehen. Die Schwelle zu extremer Gefahr: 400 oder 1200 Teile pro Million? Oder haben wir sie bereits überschritten? 18. Die Berge ebnen Adieu, Schnee des Kilimandscharo. Inseln im Himmel. Auf dem Gipfel geht es nicht mehr weiter. Ein schreckliches Maß an Gewissheit. Von Paradiesvögeln, Ringelschwanzbeutlern und Baumkängurus. Verlorenes Weltnaturerbe. Nur Anopheles freut sich. 19. Wohin geht die Reise? Von Florida nach Montreal-Bäume auf Wanderschaft. Eucalyptus - das Schicksal von 819 Arten. Abschied von Fynbos und Karru, den schönsten Blumengärten der Welt. In die Ecke gedrängt: Der Südwesten Australiens. Wer weiterziehen kann, hat es gut. Naturschutzgebiete werden zu Todesfallen. Megastudie prophezeit Massensterben - aber werden es eine von fünf oder sechs von zehn Arten sein? 20. Unendliche Tiefen Warum sterben sie, wenn wir sie erblicken? Eine Welt unerforschter Absonderlichkeiten. Von Zungenkiemern, Großmaulhaien und Laternenanglern. Saures Meer und schalenlose Kammmuscheln. Die letzte Auster? 21. Eine Hand voll Joker Die Bedeutung positiver Rückkopplungsschleifen. Das Konzert der drei Szenarien. Das Pentagon kümmert sich um den Golfstrom - und sieht in seinem Versiegen den Untergang der Zivilisation. Genügend viele Sverdrup. Die Geschichte von HadCM3LC und TRIFFID. Wenn Stomata sich schließen: Tod am Amazonas. Die Clathrate sind los! Die Zeitbombe vor Ihrem Strand. Die positive Rückkopplung der Klimaanlagen. 22. Zivilisation: Mit einem Wimmern vorbei? Der Kern der globalen Gesellschaft. Städte sind wie Regenwälder. Eine wie große Klimawelle kann eine Stadt hinwegfegen? Nahrungsmittelproduktion - so spezialisiert wie ein Säbelzahntiger. Schlechte Ernten in einer Welt voll CO2. »Anpassung« als Genozid und
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI ZSP-994(2004/2005)
    In: Das AWI in den Jahren, 2004/2005
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 358 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Series Statement: Das AWI in den Jahren 2004/2005
    Language: German , English
    Note: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Algen im Klimawandel: Neue Messmethoden zeigen den Gasaustausch der Zellen in Echtzeit = Algae and climate change: new methods show the gas exchange of cells in real time / Björn Rost, Klaus-Uwe Richter Arktische Klimaprozesse und globale atmo-sphärische Auswirkungen = Arctic climate processes and global atmo-spheric impacts / Klaus Dethloff, Annette Rinke, Elena Sokolova, Subodh Kumar Saha Das Klima der letzten 10 000 Jahre: Eine Verknüpfung aus Beobachtungsdaten, Umweltarchiven und Modellstudien = The climate of the last 10 000 years: Combining observational data with environ-mental archives and model studies / Gerrit Lohmann Chemische Ökologie mariner Protisten - Bedeutung für die Dynamik mariner Nahrungsketten = Chemical ecology of marine protists - implications for marine food web dynamics / Allan Cembella, Uwe John, Bernd Krock, Tilman Alpermann, Urban Tillmann Nährstoffbelastung des Wattenmeeres: Besserung in Sicht = Eutrophication of the Wadden Sea: Signs of improvement / J. E. E. van Beusekom, M. Loebl, K. Reise, A. Schanz Planktonregen im Südpolarmeer: Das europä-ische Eisendüngungsexperiment EIFEX (Euro-pean Iron Fertilization Experiment) = Plankton rain in the Southern Ocean: The Euro-pean Iron Fertilization Experiment EIFEX / Philipp Assmy, Boris Cisewski, Joachim Henjes, Christine Klaas, Oliver Sachs Sind Lebensgemeinschaften polarer Meere Verlierer der Klimaveränderung? = Does global warming pose a threat to polar ecosystems? / Gisela Lannig, Ute Jacob, Thomas Brey, Rainer Knust, Hans-O. Pörtner Marine Genomik – Von den Genen zur Evolution und Ökologie mariner Organismen = Marine Genomics – through genomes to evolution and ecology of marine organisms / Klaus Valentin Frostblumen: Salzige Kristalle auf dünnem Eis = Frost flowers: salty crystals on thin ice / Hans-Werner Jacobi, Sandra Lehmann Gemeinsam in den Hausgarten: Deutsch-französische Kooperation in der Tiefseeforschung = Together ‘en route‘ for HAUSGARTEN:Franco-German co-operation in deep-sea research / Thomas Soltwedel, Michael Klages Fernerkundung in arktischen Periglazial-landschaften – Auf den Spuren der Permafrost-dynamik = Remote sensing in Arctic periglacial landscapes – The tracing of permafrost dynamics / Guido Große, Dirk Wagner, Lutz Schirrmeister Frühling im Weddellmeer: Biologisch-physikalische Wechselwirkungen zwischen Atmosphäre, Eis und Ozean = Go with the floe: biological-physical interac-tions between atmosphere, ice and ocean in the Weddell Sea / Christian Haas, Gerhard Dieckmann, Hartmut Hellmer, Michael Schröder 3. Forschung = Research MARCOPOLI 3.1 MARINE 3.2 COAST 3.3 POLAR 3.4 Neue Themen = Additional funding 4. Entwicklungen in den Fachbereichen = Progresses in the Scientific Divisions 5. Neue Technologien = New technologies 6. Logistik und Forschungsplattformen = Logistics and research platforms 7. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 8. Mariner Umweltschutz = Marine environmental protection 9. Informationszentrum = Information centre 10. Bibliothek = Library 11. Technologietransfer = Technology transfer 12. Presse- und Öffentlichkeitsarbeit = Public relations department 13. Personeller Aufbau und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personnel structure and budget trends 14. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: AWI S2-06-0363
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Buch führt in die grundlegenden Bereiche der klassischen Zeitreihenanalyse ein. Deshalb spielen in den ersten Kapiteln die Begriffe Stationarität und Autokovarianz- bzw. Autokorrelationsstruktur eine wesentliche Rolle. Ergänzend zu den grundlegenden Modellen werden aber auch schon zu Beginn eine Reihe von Beispielen diskutiert. Mit Hilfe des Spektralsatzes und der Filterung stationärer Zeitreihen kann die wichtige Klasse der ARMA-Modelle sehr effizient und erschöpfend behandelt werden. Die asymptotischen Resultate des Textes beruhen auf einem zentralen Grenzwertresultat für sog. schwach abhängige Zufallsvariable. Es zeigt sich, dass dieses Resultat sowohl die Behandlung linearer Zeitreihenmodelle wie gewisser nichtlinearer und für den Bereich der Finanzzeitreihen wichtiger Zeitreihen erlaubt. Im Weiteren werden dann Schätzmethoden im Spektralbereich von Zeitreihen diskutiert. Neben dem Periodogram werden ebenso auch sog. geglättete Spektraldichteschätzer vollständig behandelt. Kapitel über Modellwahlverfahren und die wesentlichen Grundlagen multivariater Zeitreihen sowie einiger Anhänge, die den Text weitestgehend autark lesbar machen sollen, schließen das Buch ab.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 388 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 3540256288
    Series Statement: Statistik und ihre Anwendungen
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Einführung. - 1.1 Beispiele für Zeitreihen. - 1.2 Trendschätzung. - 1.3 Schätzung saisonaler Anteile in Zeitreihen. - Aufgaben. - 2 Stationarität und grundlegende Modelle der Zeitreihenanalyse. - 2.1 Stationarität von Zeitreihen. - 2.2 Grundlegende stationäre Zeitreihenmodelle. - 2.3 Empirische Autokovarianzen und Autokorrelationen. - 2.4 Gaußsche Zeitreihen. - 2.5 Die partielle Autokorrelation. - Aufgaben. - 3 Die Autokovarianz und die Autokorrelation. - 3.1 Grundlegende Eigenschaften. - 3.2 Spektralmaß und Spektraldichte. - Aufgaben. - 4 Lineare Vorhersage bei endlicher Vergangenheit. - 4.1 Die rekursive Gram-Schmidt-Orthogonalisierung. - 4.2 Die Levinson-Rekursion. - Aufgaben. - 5 Der Spektralsatz für stationäre Zeitreihen. - 5.1 Die Spektraldarstellung zyklischer Zeitreihen. - 5.2 Maße mit orthogonalen Werten und ein stochastisches Integral. - 5.3 Der Spektralsatz. - 5.4 Eine Substitutionsregel für stochastische Integrale. - Aufgaben. - 6 Filterung stationärer Zeitreihen. - 6.1 Grundbegriffe und einfache Eigenschaften von Filtern. - 6.2 Spezielle Filter. - 6.3 Zweiseitige MA-Reihen. - Aufgaben. - 7 ARMA-Modelle. - 7.1 Definition und Existenz von ARMA-Reihen. - 7.2 Kausalität und Invertibilität von ARMA-Reihen. - 7.3 Lineare Li-Filter. - Aufgaben. - 8 Die Autokovarianz und Autokorrelation von ARMA-Reihen im reellen Fall. - 8.1 Die Berechnung der Autokovarianzen von ARMA-Reihen aus der MA-Darstellung. - 8.2 Die Differenzengleichung für die Koeffizienten der MA-Darstellung. - 8.3 Die Differenzengleichung für die Autokovarianzen und die Yule-Walker-Gleichungen bei AR-Reihen. - 8.4 Identifizierbarkeit der Parameter von ARMA-Zeitreihen. - Aufgaben. - 9 Deterministische und rein nicht—deterministische Zeitreihen. - 9.1 Die Wold-Zerlegung. - 9.2 Approximation durch AR- und MA-Reihen. - Aufgaben. - 10 Asymptotische Eigenschaften von Schätzverfahren in linearen Zeitreihenmodellen. - 10.1 Einfache asymptotische Eigenschaften des Stichprobenmittels und der Stichprobenautokovarianz. - 10.2 Schwache Abhängigkeit. - 10.3 Ein zentraler Grenzwertsatz für schwach abhängige Zufallsvariable. - 10.4 Asymptotische Normalität des Stichprobenmittels und der Stichprobenautokovarianz. - Aufgaben. - 11 Parameterschätzung in ARMA Modellen 11.1 Parameterschätzung für autoregressive Zeitreihen. - 11.2 Maximum-Likelihood Schätzer im autoregressiven Modell. - 11.3 Parameterschätzung in autoregressiven Modellen mit wachsender Ordnung. - 11.4 Parameterschätzung für ARMA-Zeitreihen. - Aufgaben. - 12 Schätzen im Spektralbereich. - 12.1 Parametrische Spektraldichteschätzung. - 12.2 Das Periodogramm. - 12.3 Eigenschaften des Periodogramms. - 12.4 Lag-Window-Schätzer der Spektraldichte. - 12.5 Das geglättete Periodogramm. - 12.6 Konfidenzintervalle für die Spektraldichte. - 12.7 Das integrierte Periodogramm. - Aufgaben. - 13 Modellierung mit ARMA-Zeitreihen. - 13.1 ARIMA-Zeitreihen. - 13.2 Ordnungswahl in ARMA-Zeitreihen. - 13.3 Threshold Zeitreihenmodelle. - Aufgaben. - 14 Grundlagen finanzieller Zeitreihen. - 14.1 GARCH-Modelle. - 14.2 Parameterschätzung in GARCH-Modellen. - 14.3 Anwendung der GARCH-Methodik. - Aufgaben. - 15 Grundlagen multivariater Zeitreihen. - 15.1 Multivariate Spektraltheorie. - 15.2 Multivariate Filter. - 15.3 Der quadratische Kohärenzkoeffizient und verwandte Größen. - 15.4 Schätzer der Spektraldichtematrix. - 15.5 Multivariate ARMA-Reihen. - 15.6 Schätzung des Mittelwertvektors und der Autokovarianzmatrix einer multivariaten Zeitreihe. - 15.7 Lineare Vorhersage bei multivariaten Zeitreihen 354 15.8 Zustandsraummodelle. - 15.9 Der Kaiman-Filter zur linearen Vorhersage. - Aufgaben. - A Anhang. - A.1 Einige nützliche Formeln. - A.2 Integration komplexer Funktionen. - A.3 Elementare Hilbertraum Theorie. - A.4 Lösungen einer homogenen Differenzengleichung. - A.5 Konvergenzbegriffe in der Stochastik. - A.6 Die Moore-Penrose-Inverse. - XIV Inhaltsverzeichnis Literaturverzeichnis. -
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: AWI A3-18-91446
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 554 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    Edition: 12., überarb. Aufl. neu bearb. von Frank-Michael Chmielewski ...
    ISBN: 3835100963 , 9783835100961
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Academic Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94358
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 542 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: second Edition
    ISBN: 0124555217 , 9780124555211
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments 1 Toward an Ecological Geography of the Sea The Progressive Exploration of Oceanic and Shelf Ecosystems The Availability of Timely Global Oceanographic Data from Satellites Internal Dynamics of Satellite-Observed Algal Blooms Our New Understanding of the Role of Very Small Organisms 2 Biogeographic Partition of the Ocean Taxonomic Diversity: The Shifting Baseline of Biogeography The Useful Results from 150 Years of Marine Biogeography Biogeographic Regions of the Pelagos Geographic Component of Benthic-Pelagic Coupling From Pristine to Modified Ecosystems 3 Fronts and Pycnoclines: Ecological Discontinuities Fronts and Frontal Systems Oceanic Fronts and Eddy Streets Shelf-Edge and Upwelling Fronts Tidal Fronts and River Plumes of the Shelf Seas The Ubiquitous "Horizontal Front" at the Shallow Pycnocline 4 Physical Control of Ecological Processes Ecological Consequences of Mesoscale Eddies and Planetary Waves Stratification and Irradiance: The Consequences of Latitude Regional and Latitudinal Resistance to Mixing in the Open Oceans Rule-Based Models of Ecological Response to External Forcing Case 1—Polar Irradiance-Mediated Production Peak Case 2—Nutrient-Limited Spring Production Peak Case 3—Winter-Spring Production with Nutrient Limitation Case 4—Small-Amplitude Response to Trade Wind Seasonality Case 5—Large-Amplitude Response to Monsoon-like Reversal of Trade Winds Case 6—Intermittent Production at Coastal Divergences Coastal Asymmetry, Geomorphology, and Tidal Forcing 5 Nutrient Limitation: The Example of Iron Nutrient Distribution and the Consequences of Differing Supply Ratios Regional Anomalies in Nutrient Limitation Models of Regional Nutrient Flux and Limitation 6 Biomes: The Primary Partition The Four Primary Biomes of the Upper Ocean Polar Biome Westerlies Biome Trades Biome Coastal Biome 7 Provinces: The Secondary Compartments Ecological Provinces in the Open Ocean Ways of Testing Static Province Boundaries in the Open Ocean A Statistical Test Analytical Tests Biogeographic Tests Practicable and Useful Partitions in Coastal Seas 8 Longer Term Responses: From Seasons to Centuries Scales of External Forcing Recurrent, ENSO-Scale Changes of State Multidecadal Trends and Changes Conclusion: Stable Partitions in a Varying Ocean? 9 The Atlantic Ocean Atlantic Polar Biome Boreal Polar Province (BPLR) Atlantic Arctic Province (ARCT) Atlantic Subarctic Province (SARC) Atlantic Westerly Winds Biome North Atlantic Drift Province (NADR) Gulf Stream Province (GFST) North Atlantic Subtropical Gyral Province (NAST-E, NAST-W) Mediterranean Sea, Black Sea Province (MEDI) Atlantic Trade Wind Biome North Atlantic Tropical Gyral Province (NATR) Caribbean Province (CARB) Western Tropical Atlantic Province (WTRA) Eastern Tropical Atlantic Province (ETRA) South Atlantic Gyral Province (SATL) Atlantic Coastal Biome Northeast Atlantic Shelves Province (NECS) Canary Current Coastal Province (CNRY) Guinea Current Coastal Province (GUIN) Benguela Current Coastal Province (BENG) Northwest Atlantic Shelves Province (NWCS) Guianas Coastal Province (GUIA) Brazil Current Coastal Province (BRAZ) Southwest Atlantic Shelves Province (FKLD) 10 The Indian Ocean Indian Ocean Trade Wind Biome Indian Monsoon Gyres Province (MONS) Indian South Subtropical Gyre Province (ISSG) Indian Ocean Coastal Biome Red Sea, Arabian Gulf Province (REDS) Northwest Arabian Sea Upwelling Province (ARAB) Western India Coastal Province (INDW) Eastern India Coastal Province (INDE) Eastern Africa Coastal Province (EAFR) Australia-Indonesia Coastal Province (AUSW) 11 The Pacific Ocean Pacific Polar Biome North Pacific Epicontinental Sea Province (BERS) Pacific Westerly Winds Biome Pacific Subarctic Gyres Province, East and West (PSAG) Kuroshio Current Province (KURO) North Pacific Subtropical and Polar Front Provinces (NPST and NPPF) Tasman Sea Province (TASM) Pacific Trade Winds Biome North Pacific Tropical Gyre Province (NPTG) North Pacific Equatorial Countercurrent Province (PNEC) Pacific Equatorial Divergence Province (PEQD) Western Pacific Warm Pool Province (WARM) Archipelagic Deep Basins Province (ARCH) South Pacific Subtropical Gyre Province, North and South (SPSG) Pacific Coastal Biome Alaska Coastal Downwelling Province (ALSK) California Current Province (CALC) Central American Coastal Province (CAMR) Humboldt Current Coastal Province (HUMB) China Sea Coastal Province (CHIN) Sunda-Arafura Shelves Province (SUND) East Australian Coastal Province (AUSE) New Zealand Coastal Province (NEWZ) 12 The Southern Ocean Antarctic Westerly Winds Biome South Subtropical Convergence Province (SSTC) Subantarctic Water Ring Province (SANT) Antarctic Polar Biome Antarctic Province (ANTA) Austral Polar Province (APLR) References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94800
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: ix, 85 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2006
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : Taylor & Francis
    Call number: AWI G8-22-95025
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 575 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 0-4152-6340-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Goals of this Book 1.2 Current Status of Resources 1.2.1 Ozone Hole 1.2.2 Water-Borne Soil Erosion 1.2.3 Loss of Biodiversity 1.3 Impact of Resource Degradation 1.4 Nature of Resource ;Degradation 1.5 Nature of Resource Management 1.5.1 Strategic Management 1.5.2 Process or Regional Management 1.5.3 Operational Management 1.5.4 Relationship between These Levels of Management 1.6 Nature of Regional Resource Management Information Systems 1.7 Geographic Information in Resource Management 1.8 Structure of this Book Reference Chapter2 Physical Principles of Remote Sensing 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Electromagnetic Radiation 2.2.1 Nature of Electromagnetic Radiation 2.2.2 Radiometric Terms and Definitions 2.2.3 Energy Radiated by the Sun and the Earth 2.2.4 Effects of the Atmosphere 2.2.5 Correction of Remotely Sensed Data for Attenuation through the Atmosphere 2.2.5 .1 Atmospheric Correction Using Field Data 2.2.5.2 Atmospheric Correction Using Numerical Atmospheric Models 2.2.6 Measurement of Radiance and Irradiance 2.2.6.1 Collecting Optics 2.2.6.2 Filter Unit 2.2.6.3 Detectors 2.2.6.4 Output Device 2.3 Interaction of Radiation with Matter 2.3.1 Nature of Reflectance 2.3.1.1 Reflectance within the Boundary Layer 2.3.2 Reflectance of Water Surfaces 2.3.3 Reflectance Characteristics of Soils 2.3.4 Reflectance of Vegetation 2.3.5 Reflectance Characteristics of Green Leaves 2.3.6 Reflectance Characteristics of Dead Leaves 2.3.7 Vegetative Canopy Reflectance 2.3.8 Bi-Directional Reflectance Distribution Function of Surfaces 2.4 Passive Sensing Systems 2.4.1 The Camera 2.4.1.1 Lens Cone 2.4.1.2 Magazine or Digital Back 2.4.1.3 Camera Body 2.4.1.4 Suspension Mount 2.4.1.5 Light Sensitive Cell Arrays 2.4.1.6 Measurement of Resolution in Image Data 2.4.2 Acquisition of Aerial Photography with a Framing Camera 2.4.2.1 Effects of Height Differences on an Aerial Photograph 2.4.2.2 Types of Lens Cones 2.4.3 The Scanner 2.4.4 The Moving Mirror Scanner 2.4.4.1 Resolution of Scanner Data 2.4.4.2 Thermal Scanner Data 2.4.4.3 Sources of Error in Oscillating Mirror Scanner Imagery 2.4.5 Push broom Scanners 2.5 Active Sensing Systems 2.5 .1 Introduction 2.5.2 The Geometry of Radar Systems 2.5 .2.1 Resolution of Radar Data 2.5.2.2 Effect of Height Displacements 2.5.3 The Attenuation and Scattering of Radar in the Atmosphere 2.5 .4 The Information Content of Radar Imagery 2.5.4.1 Surface Roughness and Slope 2.5.4.2 Inhomogeneity 2.5.4.3 Dielectric Properties 2.5.4.4 Resonance-Sized Objects 2.5.4.5 Wavelength 2.5.4.6 Polarisation 2.5.5 Radar Interferometry 2.5.6 Summary 2.6 Hyperspectral Image Data 2.6.1 Definition 2.6.2 Applications of Hyperspectral Image Data 2.7 Hypertemporal Image Data 2.7.1 Introduction 2.8 Platforms 2.8.1 Terrestrial Platforms 2.8.2 Balloon 2.8.3 Helicopter or Boat 2.8.4 Manned and Unmanned Aircraft 2.8.4.1 Hot Spots 2.8.5 Planning an Aerial Sortie 2.8.6 Satellite Platform 2.9 Satellite Sensor Systems Additional Reading References Chapter 3 Visual Interpretation and Map Reading 3.1 Overview 3.1.1 Remotely Sensed Data and Visual Interpretation 3.1.2 Effects of Height Differences on Remotely Sensed Images 3.2 Stereoscopy 3.2.1 Introduction 3.2.2 Monocular Vision 3.2.3 Binocular Vision 3.2.4 Binocular Perception of Colour 3.2.5 General Principles of Stereoscopic Vision 3.2.6 Methods of Stereoscopic Viewing 3.2.7 Physical Methods of Separation Using Stereoscopes 3.2.8 Viewing with a Stereoscope 3.2.9 Optical Methods of Separation 3.2.9.1 Coloured Anaglyph 3.2.9.2 Polarising Filters 3.2.10 Construction of a Stereo-Triplet 3.3 Measuring Height Differences in a Stereoscopic Pair of Photographs 3.3.1 Principle of the Floating Mark 3.3.2 Parallax Bar 3.3.3 Vertical Exaggeration 3.3.4 Displacements due to Height Differences man Aenal Photograph 3.3.5 Derivation of the Parallax Bar Formulae 3.3.6 Characteristics of the Parallax Bar Equation 3.4 Planimetric Measurements on Aerial Photographs 3.4.1 Introduction 3.4.2 Determination of Scale 3.4.3 Measurement of Distances 3.4.3.1 Graduated Rule or Scale 3.4.3.2 Paper Strip 3.4.3.3 Length of String 3.4.3.4 Odometer 3.4.4 Measurement of Areas 3.4.4.1 Dot Grid 3.4.4.2 Digitiser 3.4.5 Transfer of Planimetric Detail by the Use of the Anharmoruc Ratio 3.4.5.1 Paper Strip Method 3.4.5.2 Projective Nets 3.4.6 Proportional Dividers 3.5 Perception of Colour 3.6 Principles of Photographic Interpretation 3.6.1 Introduction 3.6.2 Levels of Interpretation 3.6.2.1 Image Reading 3.6.2.2 Image Analysis 3.6.2.3 Image Interpretation 3.6.3 Principles of Object Recognition 3.6.3.1 Size 3.6.3.2 Shape 3.6.3.3 Shadow 3.6.3.4 Colour or Tone 3.6.3 .5 Pattern and Texture 3.6.4 Interpretation Strategies 3.6.4.1 Location and Association 3.6.4.2 Temporal Change 3.6.4.3 Convergence of Evidence 3.6.5 Interpretation Procedure 3.7 Visual Interpretation of lmages 3.7.1 Visual Interpretation of Thermal Image Data 3.7.2 Visual Interpretation of Radar Image Data 3.8 Maps and Map Reading 3.8.1 Map Projections 3.8.1.1 Definition of the Mathematical Shape of the Portion of the Earth 3.8.1.2 Specify How the Curved Surface of the Earth is to be Unfolded onto a Flat Sheet 3.8.2 Mapping Systems and Map Types 3.8.3 Map Co-ordinates and Bearings 3.8.4 Establishing One's Location on a Map 3.8.5 Map Reading on a Topographic.Map 3.8.6 Terrain Classification Further Reading References Chapter4 Image Processing 4.1 Overview 4.1.1 Pre-Processing 4.1.2 Enhancement 4.1.3 Classification 4.1.4 Estimation 4.1.5 Temporal Analysis 4.2 Statistical Considerations 4.2.1 Probability Density Functions 4.2.1.1 Binomial Distribution 4.2.1.2 Normal Distribution 4.2.2 Correlation 4.2.3 Statistical Characteristics of Satellite Scanner Data 4.2.4 Measures of Distance 4.2.5 Shannon's Sampling Theorem 4.2.6 Autocorrelation and Variograms 4.2.7 Frequency Domain 4.2.7.1 Scaling 4.2.7.2 Shifting 4.2.7.3 Convolution 4.2.8 Least Squares Method of Fitting 4.3 Pre-Processing of Image Data 4.3.1 Introduction 4.3.2 Rectification 4.3.2.1 Theoretical Basis for Rectification 4.3.2.2 Correction for Systematic Errors 4.3.2.3 Fitting Image Data to Ground Control 4.3.2.4 Resampling the Image Data 4.3.2.5 Windowing and Mosaicing 4.3.2.6 Rectification in Practice 4.3 .3 Radiometric Calibration 4.3.4 Atmospheric Correction 4.3.4.1 Use of a Linear Model for Atmospheric Correction 4.3.4.2 Atmospheric Correction Using Atmospheric Models 4.4 The Enhancement of Image Data 4.4.1 Radiometric Enhancement 4.4.1.1 Display of an Image 4.4.1.2 Pseudo-Colour Density Slice 4.4.1.3 Linear Enhancement 4.4.1.4 Non-Linear Enhancements 4.4.1.5 Piecewise Linear Stretch 4.4.1.6 Histogram Equalisation 4.4.2 Spectral Enhancements 4.4.2.1 Ratioing 4.4.2.2 Orthogonal Transformations 4.4.2.3 Vegetation Indices 4.4.2.4 Fourier Transformation 4.4.3 Spatial Transformations of Image Data 4.4.3.1 Measurement of Texture 4.4.3.2 Edge Detection 4.4.3.3 Removal of Regular Noise in Image Data 4.4.3.4 Analysis of Spatial Correlation: The Variogram 4.4.3.5 Image Segmentation 4.4.3 .6 Object Patterns and Object Sizes: The ALV Function 4.4.4 Temporal Enhancements 4.4.4.1 Temporal Enhancement 4.4.4.2 Principal Components 4.4.4.3 Temporal Distance Images 4.4.4.4 Fourier Analysis of Hypertemporal Data 4.5 Analysis of Mixtures or End Member Analysis 4.5.1 Linear End Member Model 4.5.2 Characteristics of the Linear End Member Model 4.5.3 Identification of End Members 4.5.4 Implementation of the Linear End Member Algorithm 4.6 Image Classification 4.6.1 Principles of Classification 4.6.2 Discriminant Function Classifiers 4.6.2.1 Development of the Maximum Likelihood Classifier 4.6.2.2 Summary 4.6.2.3 Characteristics of the Discriminant Function Family of Classifiers 4.6.2.4 Implementation of the Maximum Likelihood Classifier 4.6.3 Fuzzy Classifiers 4.6.4 Neural Network Classifiers 4.6.5 Hierarchical Classifiers 4.6.6 Classification Strategies 4.6.6.1 Types of Classes 4.6.6.2 Selecting Classes and Classifiers 4.6.6.3 Im
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: ZSP-994
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 21 x 21 cm
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Former Title: Vorgänger: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Subsequent Title: Fortsetzung Zweijahresbericht ... / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft
    Language: German , English
    Note: Erscheint alle 2 Jahre , Text in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: AWI G1-23-95188
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a sound introduction to the basic physical processes that dominate the workings of the Earth, its atmosphere and hydrosphere. It systematically introduces the physical processes involved in the Earth's systems without assuming an advanced physics or mathematical background.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 321 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 1405101733 , 1-4051-0173-3 , 9781405101738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgments Chapter 1 Planet Earth and Earth systems 1.1 Comparative planetology 1.2 Unique Earth 1.3 Earth systems snapshots 1.4 Measuring Earth 1.5 Whole Earth 1.6 Subtle, interactive Earth Further reading Chapter 2 Matters of state and motion 2.1 Matters of state 2.2 Thermal matters 2.3 Quantity of matter 2.4 Motion matters: kinematics 2.5 Continuity: mass conservation of fluids Further reading Chapter 3 Forces and dynamics 3.1 Quantity of motion: momentum 3.2 Acceleration 3.3 Force, work, energy, and power 3.4 Thermal energy and mechanical work 3.5 Hydrostatic pressure 3.6 Buoyancy force 3.7 Inward acceleration 3.8 Rotation, vorticity, and Coriolis force 3.9 Viscosity 3.10 Viscous force 3.11 Turbulent force 3.12 Overall forces of fluid motion 3.13 Solid stress 3.14 Solid strain 3.15 Rheology Further reading Chapter 4 Flow, deformation, and transport 4.1 The origin of large-scale fluid flow 4.2 Fluid flow types 4.3 Fluid boundary layers 4.4 Laminar flow 4.5 Turbulent flow 4.6 Stratified flow 4.7 Particle settling 4.8 Particle transport by flows 4.9 Waves and liquids 4.10 Transport by waves 4.11 Granular gravity flow 4.12 Turbidity flows 4.13 Flow through porous and granular solids 4.14 Fractures 4.15 Faults 4.16 Solid bending, buckling, and folds 4.17 Seismic waves 4.18 Molecules in motion: kinetic theory, heat conduction, and diffusion 4.19 Heat transport by radiation 4.20 Heat transport by convection Further reading Chapter 5 Inner Earth processes and systems 5.1 Melting, magmas, and volcanoes 5.2 Plate tectonics Further reading Chapter 6 Outer Earth processes and systems 6.1 Atmosphere 6.2 Atmosphere-ocean interface 6.3 Atmosphere-land interface 6.4 Deep ocean 6.5 Shallow ocean 6.6 Ocean-land interface: coasts 6.7 Land surface Further reading Appendix Brief mathematical refresher or study guide Cookies Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: AWI G3-16-90175
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIV, 162 S , Ill., graph. Darst , 25 cm
    ISBN: 3832250085 (kart.) , 9783832250089
    Series Statement: Berichte aus der Geowissenschaft
    Language: English
    Note: Zugl.: Helsinki, Univ., Diss., 2006
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: AWI A12-13-0137
    Description / Table of Contents: The second edition of this internationally acclaimed text presents the latest developments in atmospheric science. It continues to be the premier text for both a rigorous and a complete treatment of the chemistry of the atmosphere, covering such pivotal topics as: chemistry of the stratosphere and troposphere; formation, growth, dynamics, and properties of aerosols; meteorology of air pollution; transport, diffusion, and removal of species in the atmosphere; formation and chemistry of clouds; interaction of atmospheric chemistry and climate; radiative and climatic effects of gases and particles; formulation of mathematical chemical/transport models of the atmosphere. All chapters develop results based on fundamental principles, enabling the reader to build a solid understanding of the science underlying atmospheric processes. Among the new material are three new chapters: Atmospheric radiation and photochemistry, gernal circulation of the atmosphere, and global cycles. In addition, the chapters Stratospheric chemistry, tropospheric chemistry, and organic atmospheric aerosols have been rewritten to reflect the latest findings. Readers familiar with the first edition will discover a text with new structures and new features that greatly aid learning. Many examples are set off in the text to help readers work through the application of concepts. Advanced material has been moved to appendices. Finally, many new problems, coded by degree of difficulty, have been added. A solutions manual is available. Throughly updated and restructured, the second edition of Atmospheric chemistry and physics is an ideal textbook for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students, as well as a reference for researchers in environmental engineering, meteorology, chemistry, and the atmospheric sciences.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxviii, 1203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780471720188
    Series Statement: A Wiley-Interscience publication
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: Preface to the Second Edition. - Preface to the First Edition. - 1 The Atmosphere. - 1.1 History and Evolution of the Earth's Atmosphere. - 1.2 Climate. - 1.3 The Layers of the Atmosphere. - 1.4 Pressure in the Atmosphere. - 1.4.1 Units of Pressure. - 1.4.2 Variation of Pressure with Height in the Atmosphere. - 1.5 Temperature in the Atmosphere. - 1.6 Expressing the Amount of a Substance in the Atmosphere. - 1.7 Spatial and Temporal Scales of Atmospheric Processes. - Problems. - References. - 2 Atmospheric Trace Constituents. - 2.1 Atmospheric Lifetime. - 2.2 Sulfur-Containing Compounds. - 2.2.1 Dimethyl Sulfide (CH3SCH3). - 2.2.2 Carbonyl Sulfide (OCS). - 2.2.3 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2). - 2.3 Nitrogen-Containing Compounds. - 2.3.1 Nitrous Oxide (N2O). - 2.3.2 Nitrogen Oxides (NO* = NO + NO2). - 2.3.3 Reactive Odd Nitrogen (NOy). - 2.3.4 Ammonia (NH3). - 2.4 Carbon-Containing Compounds. - 2.4.1 Classification of Hydrocarbons. - 2.4.2 Methane. - 2.4.3 Volatile Organic Compounds. - 2.4.4 Biogenic Hydrocarbons. - 2.4.5 Carbon Monoxide. - 2.4.6 Carbon Dioxide. - 2.5 Halogen-Containing Compounds. - 2.5.1 Methyl Chloride (CH3C1). - 2.5.2 Methyl Bromide (CH3Br). - 2.6 Atmospheric Ozone. - 2.7 Particulate Matter (Aerosols). - 2.7.1 Stratospheric Aerosol. - 2.7.2 Chemical Components of Tropospheric Aerosol. - 2.7.3 Cloud Condensation Nuclei (CCN). - 2.7.4 Sizes of Atmospheric Particles. - 2.7.5 Sources of Atmospheric Paniculate. - 2.7.6 Carbonaceous Particles. - 2.7.7 Mineral Dust. - 2.8 Emission Inventories. - 2.9 Biomass Burning. - Appendix 2.1 Air Pollution Legislation. - Appendix 2.2 Hazardous Air Pollutants (Air Toxics). - Problems. - References. - 3 Chemical Kinetics. - 3.1 Order of Reaction. - 3.2 Theories of Chemical Kinetics. - 3.2.1 Collision Theory. - 3.2.2 Transition State Theory. - 3.2.3 Potential Energy Surface for a Bimolecular Reaction. - 3.3 The Pseudo-Steady-State Approximation. - 3.4 Reactions of Excited Species. - 3.5 Termolecular Reactions. - 3.6 Chemical Families. - 3.7 Gas-Surface Reactions. - Appendix 3 Free Radicals. - Problems. - References. - 4 Atmospheric Radiation and Photochemistry. - 4.1 Radiation. - 4.1.1 Solar and Terrestrial Radiation. - 4.1.2 Energy Balance for Earth and Atmosphere. - 4.1.3 Solar Variability. - 4.2 Radiative Flux in the Atmosphere. - 4.3 Beer-Lambert Law and Optical Depth. - 4.4 Actinic Flux. - 4.5 Atmospheric Photochemistry. - 4.6 Absorption of Radiation by Atmospheric Gases. - 4.7 Absorption by O2 and O3 122. - 4.8 Photolysis Rate as a Function of Altitude. - 4.9 Photodissociation of O3 to Produce O and O(1D). - 4.10 Photodissociation of NO2. - Problems. - References. - 5 Chemistry of the Stratosphere. - 5.1 Overview of Stratospheric Chemistry. - 5.2 Chapman Mechanism. - 5.3 Nitrogen Oxide Cycles. - 5.3.1 Stratospheric Source of NO* from N2O. - 5.3.2 NO* Cycles. - 5.4 HO* Cycles. - 5.5 Halogen Cycles. - 5.5.1 Chlorine Cycles. - 5.5.2 Bromine Cycles. - 5.6 Reservoir Species and Coupling of the Cycles. - 5.7 Ozone Hole. - 5.7.1 Polar Stratospheric Clouds. - 5.7.2 PSCs and the Ozone Hole. - 5.7.3 Arctic Ozone Hole. - 5.8 Heterogeneous (Nonpolar) Stratospheric Chemistry. - 5.8.1 The Stratospheric Aerosol Layer. - 5.8.2 Heterogeneous Hydrolysis of N2O5. - 5.8.3 Effect of Volcanoes on Stratospheric Ozone. - 5.9 Summary of Stratospheric Ozone Depletion. - 5.10 Transport and Mixing in the Stratosphere. - 5.11 Ozone Depletion Potential. - Problems. - References. - 6 Chemistry of the Troposphere. - 6.1 Production of Hydroxyl Radicals in the Troposphere. - 6.2 Basic Photochemical Cycle of NO2, NO, and O3. - 6.3 Atmospheric Chemistry of Carbon Monoxide. - 6.3.1 Low NO* Limit. - 6.3.2 High NO* Limit. - 6.3.3 Ozone Production Efficiency. - 6.3.4 Theoretical Maximum Yield of Ozone from CO Oxidation. - 6.4 Atmospheric Chemistry of Methane. - 6.5 The NO* and NOy, Families. - 6.5.1 Daytime Behavior. - 6.5.2 Nighttime Behavior. - 6.6 Ozone Budget of the Troposphere and Role of NO*. - 6.6.1 Ozone Budget of the Troposphere. - 6.6.2 Role of NO*. - 6.7 Tropospheric Reservoir Molecules. - 6.7.1 H2O2, CH3OOH, and HONO. - 6.7.2 Peroxyacyl Nitrates (PANs). - 6.8 Relative Roles of VOC and NOx in Ozone Formation. - 6.8.1 Importance of the VOC/NOx Ratio. - 6.8.2 Ozone Isopleth Plot. - 6.9 Simplified Organic/NOx Chemistry. - 6.10 Chemistry of Nonmethane Organic Compounds in the Troposphere. - 6.10.1 Alkanes. - 6.10.2 Alkenes. - 6.10.3 Aromatics. - 6.10.4 Aldehydes. - 6.10.5 Ketones. - 6.10.6 α, β-Unsaturated Carbonyls. - 6.10.7 Ethers. - 6.10.8 Alcohols. - 6.11 Atmospheric Chemistry of Biogenic Hydrocarbons. - 6.12 Atmospheric Chemistry of Reduced Nitrogen Compounds. - 6.12.1 Amines. - 6.12.2 Nitriles. - 6.12.3 Nitrites. - 6.13 Atmospheric Chemistry (Gas Phase) of Sulfur Compounds. - 6.13.1 Sulfur Oxides. - 6.13.2 Reduced Sulfur Compounds (Dimethyl Sulfide). - 6.14 Tropospheric Chemistry of Halogen Compounds. - 6.14.1 Chemical Cycles of Halogen Species. - 6.14.2 Tropospheric Chemistry of CFC Replacements: Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) and Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs). - Problems. - References. - 7 Chemistry of the Atmospheric Aqueous Phase. - 7.1 Liquid Water in the Atmosphere. - 7.2 Absorption Equilibria and Henry's Law. - 7.3 Aqueous-Phase Chemical Equilibria. - 7.3.1 Water. - 7.3.2 Carbon Dioxide-Water Equilibrium. - 7.3.3 Sulfur Dioxide-Water Equilibrium. - 7.3.4 Ammonia-Water Equilibrium. - 7.3.5 Nitric Acid-Water Equilibrium. - 7.3.6 Equilibria of Other Important Atmospheric Gases. - 7.4 Aqueous-Phase Reaction Rates. - 7.5 S(IV)-S(VI) Transformation and Sulfur Chemistry. - 7.5.1 Oxidation of S(IV) by Dissolved O3. - 7.5.2 Oxidation of S(IV) by Hydrogen Peroxide. - 7.5.3 Oxidation of S(IV) by Organic Peroxides. - 7.5.4 Uncatalyzed Oxidation of S(IV) by O2. - 7.5.5 Oxidation of S(IV) by O2 Catalyzed by Iron and Manganese. - 7.5.6 Comparison of Aqueous-Phase S(IV) Oxidation Paths. - 7.6 Dynamic Behavior of Solutions with Aqueous-Phase Chemical Reactions. - 7.6.1 Closed System. - 7.6.2 Calculation of Concentration Changes in a Droplet with Aqueous-Phase Reactions. - Appendix 7.1 Thermodynamic and Kinetic Data. - Appendix 7.2 Additional Aqueous-Phase Sulfur Chemistry. - 7.A.1 S(IV) Oxidation by the OH Radical. - 7.A.2 Oxidation of S(IV) by Oxides of Nitrogen. - 7.A.3 Reaction of Dissolved SO2 with HCHO. - Appendix 7.3 Aqueous-Phase Nitrite and Nitrate Chemistry. - 7.A.4 NOx Oxidation. - 7.A.5 Nitrogen Radicals. - Appendix 7.4 Aqueous-Phase Organic Chemistry. - Appendix 7.5 Oxygen and Hydrogen Chemistry. - Problems. - References. - 8 Properties of the Atmospheric Aerosol. - 8.1 The Size Distribution Function. - 8.1.1 The Number Distribution nN(Dp). - 8.1.2 The Surface Area, Volume, and Mass Distributions. - 8.1.3 Distributions Based on In Dp and log Dp. - 8.1.4 Relating Size Distributions Based on Different Independent Variables. - 8.1.5 Properties of Size Distributions. - 8.1.6 The Lognormal Distribution. - 8.1.7 Plotting the Lognormal Distribution. - 8.1.8 Properties of the Lognormal Distribution. - 8.2 Ambient Aerosol Size Distributions. - 8.2.1 Urban Aerosols. - 8.2.2 Marine Aerosols. - 8.2.3 Rural Continental Aerosols. - 8.2.4 Remote Continental Aerosols. - 8.2.5 Free Tropospheric Aerosols. - 8.2.6 Polar Aerosols. - 8.2.7 Desert Aerosols. - 8.3 Aerosol Chemical Composition. - 8.4 Spatial and Temporal Variation. - 8.5 Vertical Variation. - Problems. - References. - 9 Dynamics of Single Aerosol Particles. - 9.1 Continuum and Noncontinuum Dynamics: The Mean Free Path. - 9.2 The Drag on a Single Particle: Stokes' Law. - 9.2.1 Corrections to Stokes' Law: The Drag Coefficient. - 9.2.2 Stokes' Law and Noncontinuum Effects: Slip Correction Factor. - 9.3 Gravitational Settling of an Aerosol Particle. - 9.4 Motion of an Aerosol Particle in an External Force Field. - 9.5 Brownian Motion of Aerosol Particles. - 9.5.1 Particle Diffusion. - 9.5.2 Aerosol Mobility and Drift Velocity. - 9.5.3 Mean Free Path of an Aerosol Particle. - 9.6 Aer
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Silver Spring, MD : U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Environmental Satellite, Data, and Information Service
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-582-59
    In: NOAA atlas NESDIS
    In: International ocean atlas and information series
    Description / Table of Contents: This Atlas and accompanying CD-ROM contains oceanographic data collected by the scientific specialists of the Academy of Sciences, Ministery of Fisheries, and the Hydrometeorological Service of Russia in the Sea of Azov and the adjacent part of the Black Sea during 1913 - 2004. Monthly data distribution plots are provided for each year. Monthly climatic maps of temperature and salinity at the sea surface and depth levels of 5 and 10 meters are computed using opjective analysis. Intra-annual variability of temperature and salinity of the Sea of Azov is discussed with respect to the quality control of the primary data. The Atlas also includes, in electronic format, selected copies of rare books and articles about the history of the Sea of Azov exploration and climate studies as well as photos, which provide information about the people and environment of this region.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 105 S. : graph. Darst., Kt. + 1 CD-ROM
    Series Statement: NOAA atlas NESDIS 59
    Language: English
    Note: Text. engl. und russ. - Teilw. in kyrill. Schr.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: ZSP-403-290
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 7 S. : überw. graph. Darst., Ill.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 290 : Marine Biology 34
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: ZSP-403-292
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 94 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JARE data reports 292 : Ionosphere 75
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: ZSP-403-289
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 289 : Upper Atmosphere Physics 24
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: ZSP-403-286
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 15 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 286 : Marine Biology 33
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: ZSP-403-285
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 112 S. : überw. graph. Darst. u. Ill.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 285 : Seismology 40
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: ZSP-403-293
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JARE data reports 293 : Oceanography 28
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Tokyo] : Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-405a-08-0032
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 10 S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-05-025E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91973
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 49 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Introduction. - Contact information. - List of participants. - Guidelines for presenters. - Registration. - Workshop program. - Hotel and workshop venues. - Travel information. - Abstracts. - Public lecture.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Non-book medium
    Non-book medium
    [Herstellungsort nicht ermittelbar] : AMBERNET Ltd.
    Call number: AWI NBM-19-92576
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 CD-ROM (circa 25 min) , farbig , 002500 , 12 cm
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95729
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 354 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0195154312 , 9780195154313 , 978-0-19-515431-3
    Series Statement: Long-Term Ecological Research Network Series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors Part I. Alaska's Past and Present Environment 1. The Conceptual Basis of LTER Studies in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, john Yarie, Keith Van Cleve, and Leslie A. Viereck 2. Regional Overview of Interior Alaska / James E. Beget, David Stone, and David L Verbyla 3. State Factor Control of Soil Formation in Interior Alaska / Chien-Lu Ping, Richard D. Boone, Marcus H. Clark, Edmond C. Packee, and David K. Swanson 4. Climate and Permafrost Dynamics of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Larry D. Hinzman, Leslie A. Viereck, Phyllis C. Adams, Vladimir E. Romanovsky, and Kenji Yoshikawa 5. Holocene Development of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Andrea H. Lloyd, Mary E. Edwards, Bruce P. Finney, Jason A. Lynch, Valerie Barber, and Nancy H. Bigelow Part II. Forest Dynamics 6. Floristic Diversity and Vegetation Distribution in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, Teresa Hollingsworth, David F. Murray, Leslie A. Viereck, and Marilyn D. Walker 7. Successional Processes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, Leslie A. Viereck, Phyllis C. Adams, Keith Van Cleve, Christopher L. Fastie, Robert A. Ott, Daniel Mann, and Jill F. Johnstone 8. Mammalian Herbivore Population Dynamics in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Eric Rexstad and Knut Kielland 9. Dynamics of Phytophagous Insects and Their Pathogens in Alaskan Boreal Forests / Richard A. Werner, Kenneth F. Raffa, and Barbara L. Illman 10. Running Waters of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Mark W. Oswood, Nicholas F. Hughes, and Alexander M. Milner Part III. Ecosystem Dynamics 11. Controls over Forest Production in Interior Alaska / John Yarie and Keith Van Cleve 12. The Role of Fine Roots in the Functioning of Alaskan Boreal Forests / Roger W. Ruess, Ronald L. Hendrick, Jason C. Vogel, and Bjartmar Sveinbjornsson 13. Mammalian Herbivory, Ecosystem Engineering, and Ecological Cascades in Alaskan Boreal Forests / Knut Kielland, John P. Bryant, and Roger W. Ruess 14. Microbial Processes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Joshua P. Schimel and F. Stuart Chapin III 15. Patterns of Biogeochemistry in Alaskan Boreal Forests / David W. Valentine, Knut Kielland, F. Stuart Chapin III, A. David McCuire, and Keith Van Cleve Part IV. Changing Regional Processes 16. Watershed Hydrology and Chemistry in the Alaskan Boreal Forest: The Central Role of Permafrost / Larry D. Hinzman, W. Robert Bolton, Kevin C. Petrone, Jeremy B. Jones, and Phyllis C. Adams 17. Fire Trends in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Eric S. Kasischke, T. Scott Rupp, and David L. Verbyla 18. Timber Harvest in Interior Alaska / Tricia L. Wurtz, Robert A. Ott, and John C. Maisch 19. Climate Feedbacks in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / A. David McCuire and F. Stuart Chapin III 20. Communication of Alaskan Boreal Science with Broader Communities / Elena B. Sparrow, Janice C. Dawe, and F. Stuart Chapin III 21. Summary and Synthesis: Past and Future Changes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, A. David McCuire, Roger W. Ruess, Marilyn W. Walker, Richard D. Boone, Mary E. Edwards, Bruce P. Finney, Larry D. Hinzman, Jeremy B. Jones, Clenn P. Juday, Eric S. Kasischke, Knut Kielland, Andrea H. Lloyd, Mark W. Oswood, Chien-Lu Ping, Eric Rexstad, Vladimir E. Romanovsky, Joshua P. Schimel, Elena B. Sparrow, Bjartmar Sveinbjornsson, David W. Valentine, Keith Van Cleve, David L. Verbyla, Leslie A. Viereck, Richard A. Werner, Tricia L. Wurtz, and John Yarie Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: ZSP-403-284
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 16 S. : überw. graph. Darst. u. Ill.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 284 : Marine Biology 32
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: ZSP-403-280
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 54 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 280 : Seismology 39
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: ZSP-403-283
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 34 S. : überw. graph. Darst. u. Ill.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 283 : Earth Science 6
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Tokyo] : Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-405a-08-0030
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 52 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-05-007E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Potsdam : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Call number: AWI Bio-09-0031
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 89 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Language: German
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92329
    In: UFZ-Bericht, 02/2005
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 173 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0948-9452
    Series Statement: UFZ-Report 02/2005
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Conference Programme. - Session 1: Contamination / Chairman: D. Hunkeler. - Compound-specific isotope methods in contaminant hydrogeology: State-of-the-art and challenges / D. Hunkeler, Y. Abe. - Stable isotope study of a volatile hydrocarbons contaminated landfill site, Bortfol, Switzerland / Thierry R. Oppikofer, Torsten W. Vennemann, Jorge E. Spangenberg, Markus Bill. - Application of compound-specific stable carbon and hydrogen isotope analysis to characterize organic contamination of groundwater / Jeroen Verhack, Jan Bronders, Ilse Van Keer, Rudy Swennen, Jan Schwarzbauer, Tom N.P. Bosma. - Evidences for in situ natural attenuation of Monochlorobenzene in an anaerobic contaminated aquifer / Ivonne Nijenhuis, Sylvia Uhlig, Arno Kaschl, Marcell Nikolausz, Matthias Kastner, Hans-Hermann Richnow. - Stable isotopes as expert witness in traffic accidents: assessing the likelihood between forensic samples of motor oils / Jorge E. Spangenberg, Georges Pierrini, Christophe Champod, Franco Taroni. - Isotopic investigation of dissolved and sedimentary sulfur compounds for assessing in-situ biodegradation of petroleum hydrocarbons in a sulfate rich urban aquifer / Kay Knoeller, Michael Schubert. - Tracing the impact of river bank filtration on the transport of xenobiotica in urban groundwater by stable isotopes / Karsten Osenbrück, Rolf Trettin, Kay Knoller, Gerhard Strauch, Hans-Reinhard Glaser, Monika Möder. - Effects of covering spoil piles on its water budget determined by environmental isotopes / Stephan M. Weise, Jutta Parnieske-Pasterkamp, Rene Vogt, Franziska Rudolph. - Session 2: Geochemistry & Water / Chairman: J. Hoefs. - Isotope fingerprints in the earth sciences: a critical discussion / Jochen Hoefs. - Stable isotope ratio measurements using the Finnigan NEPTUNE multi collector ICPMS using high mass resolution / Johannes Schwieters, Claudia Bouman. - The mineral isotope composition of two Precambrian carbotiatitc complexes from the Karelian - Kola region / Marion Tichomirowa, Gerhard Grosche, Boris Belyatski, Elena Savva, Jörg Keller, Jens Gotze, Wolfgang Todi. - Development of methods for recovery of water from fluid inclusions for stable isotope analysis / Yuri Dublyansky. - Determination of δD and δ18O in brackish and saline natural waters. Part I: The question of distillation of water samples prior to isotopic analysis / Adam Porowski, Peter Kowski. - Isotopic evidences for a new type of groundwater in the Kinnerct basin, Israel / C. Siebert, S. Geyer, P. Möller. - Geochemical and isotopic investigations of a fractured rock aquifer including embedded lakes / Elke Bozau, Gerhard Strauch. - High spatial resolution sulfur isotope analysis of sulfide minerals from the Kupferschiefer deposits of Lubin area, SW Poland / H. Roy Krouse, Jan Parafiniuk, Jaroslaw Nowak, Stan Halas. - Stable isotope composition of daily and monthly precipitation in Zagreb / Jadranka Barešic, Nada Horvatincic, Ines Krajcar Bronic, Bogomil Obelic. - Geochemical investigations of the dissolved gases in the Boom Clay pore water / Sándor Kele, Hugo Moors, Maarten Van Geet, Mieke De Craen, Staf Valkiers, Mihai Variant. - The water isotopes use for determination of water origin in karstic areas: case study / Victor Feurdean, Lucia Feurdean, Ion Stefanescu, Carmen Varlam, Mihai Gligan. - Concentration and separation of uranium and thorium from sediment in north Algerian Sahara using organophosphorus extractant and ions exchange resin / A. W. Badreddine, H. Brahimi, F. Boucheneb. - Session 3: Ecology / Chairman: L. Waasenaar. - Global application of stable hydrogen isotopes to wildlife forensics / Leonard l. Wassenaar, Keith A. Hobson, Gabriel J. Bowen. - Nitrogen isotope ratios as indicator of organic production / Hilmar Forstel, Angelika Basu, Markus Boner. - Effects of clear cutting and soil preparation on natural 15N abundance and N concentration in the needle and soil of two boreal conifer tree species / S. P. Sah, H. llvesniemi. - Carbon isotopes distribution along pine needles (Pinus nigra) / Lidia Barszczowska, Mariusz-Orion Jedrysek. - Potential of natural fouling communities for assimilation offish farm derived particulate nitrogen: a case study in Gulf of Aqaba (Red Sea) / Sonja Lojen, Timor Katz, Anat Tsemel, Ehud Spanier, Dror L. Angel. - CO2 concentration and δ13C through time in sets of monthly air samples from downtown Parma and from the Parma and Taro river valleys, Italy / Antonio Longinelli. - Carbon isotope discrimination affected by atmospheric pollutants / Ralf Wagner. - Turnover of soil organic carbon - The microbial perspective / Christiane Kramer & Gerd Gleixner. - C and O isotope working standards from C3 and C4 photosynthates / Jorge E. Spangenberg. - Use of 15N tracer technique to understand chronic responses of Daphnia magna after shortterm expose to the pyrethroid insecticide fenvalerate / Sebastian Reynaldi, Matthias Liess, Klaus Jung. - Anthropogenic lakes - negligible sources for climate relevant gases? / Horst-Michael Nitzsche, Frank W. Junge. - Effects of environmental factors on δ13C of lichens / Stela Maria Cuna, Gabriela Balas, Elza Hauer. - Online measurement of N2-fluxes from soil cores by using the zeolite KÖSTROLITH SX6® coupled to a GC-ConFlow-IRMS / O. Spott, B. Apelt, R. Russow, C. F. Stange. - Deuterium content in plants with short lifetime: preliminary results / Victor Feurdean, Lucia Feurdean, Silviu Apahidean, Maria Apahidean, Augusta Lujerdean, Mihai Gligan. - Session 4: Sedimentology / Chairman: M. E. Böttcher. - Authigenic sulfur phases as recorders for black shale-triggered anaerobic oxidation of methane: Results from ODP Leg 207 / M.E. Böttcher, H.-J. Brumsack, A. Hetzel, A. Schipper. - Microbially-derived methane in coalbed gases: compound-specific carbon-isotopic study of coalbed gases from the Illinois Basin, USA / D. Strapoc, A. Schimmelmann, M. Mastalerz. - Early diagenesis of sulphur in recent estuarine sediments (Authie Bay, N France) / Sonja Lojen, Nevenka Mikac, Cedric Gabelle, Michel Wartel. - Sulfur and oxygen isotopes of Lower Miocene nonmarine evaporites in the Upper Silesian Coal Basin / S. Halas, T.M. Peryt, I. Pluta. - Ordovician and Silurian carbon isotope trend: a state of art report based on the East Baltic data / Tonu Martma, Dimitri Kaljo. - Variations of δ13 CTOC values of clastic sediments from Thuringia related to biogeochemical carbon cycle / Karin Bräuer, Knut Hahne, Birgit Mingram, Ulrich Wand. - Basin-Scale changes in Upper Cretaceous paleosols: paleoenvironmentai implication for the Maastricht deposits, South Carpathians / Ana-Voica Bojar, Dan Grigorescu, Franz Ottner, Zoltan Csiki. - Carbon, oxygen, and hydrogen isotope fractionation during experimental formation of pirssonite / M. E. Böttcher, S.M. Bernasconi, K. Simon. - Carbon isotope fractionation of methane and CO2 during coalbed gas desorption from coal, Illinois Basin, USA / D. Strapoc, A. Schimmelmann, M Mastahrz. - Carbon istopic preliminary studies on paleoenvironmentai variations recorded in the Lower Carboniferous deposits from the Bardzkie Mountains (Sudetes, SW Poland) / Monika Majewska-Bill, Mariusz Orion Jedrysek. - Session 5: Paleoclimatology / Chairman: G. H. Schleser. - Stable isotopes as proxies for the reconstruction of past climates / G.H. Schleser. - A stable isotope record of an ice core from Akadumii Nauk ice cap, Severnaya Zemlya, Russian Arctic / Diedrich Fritzsche, Rainer Schütt, Hanno Meyer, Heinrich Miller, Frank Wilhelms, Lev M. Savatyugin. - Stable isotope investigations on tree-ring cellulose of Late Glacial pine chronology of Reichwakie (Lusatia). Effects caused by destruction of fossil woods / M. Haupt, R. Wagner, T. Boettger. - Effect of river regulation on the isotopic characteristics of river water and molluscs / István Fórizs. - Stable isotope study on the carbonate phases of the Basahare toess-paleosol profile (Hungary) / Bernadett Bajnó
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...